Sync with the changes pushed by Serge in the last merge window.

.gitignore

@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 *.lst
 *.symtypes
 *.order
-modules.builtin
 *.elf
 *.bin
 *.gz
@@ -33,6 +32,8 @@ modules.builtin
 *.lzo
 *.patch
 *.gcno
+modules.builtin
+Module.symvers
 
 #
 # Top-level generic files
@@ -44,7 +45,6 @@ modules.builtin
 /vmlinuz
 /System.map
 /Module.markers
-/Module.symvers
 
 #
 # Debian directory (make deb-pkg)

CREDITS

@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
 			Linus
 ----------
 
+M: Matt Mackal
+E: mpm@selenic.com
+D: SLOB slab allocator
+
 N: Matti Aarnio
 E: mea@nic.funet.fi
 D: Alpha systems hacking, IPv6 and other network related stuff

Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default
+Date:		13-May-2014
+KernelVersion:	v3.15.0
+Contact:
+Description:	Writes are equivalent to writing to
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr on all CPUs.
+		Reads return the last written value or 0.
+		This value is not a global default: it is a way to set
+		all per-CPU defaults at the same time.
+Values:		64 bit unsigned integer (bit field)
+
+What: 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu[0-9]+/dscr
+Date:		13-May-2014
+KernelVersion:	v3.15.0
+Contact:
+Description:	Default value for the Data Stream Control Register (DSCR) on
+		a CPU.
+		This default value is used when the kernel is executing and
+		for any process that has not set the DSCR itself.
+		If a process ever sets the DSCR (via direct access to the
+		SPR) that value will be persisted for that process and used
+		on any CPU where it executes (overriding the value described
+		here).
+		If set by a process it will be inherited by child processes.
+Values:		64 bit unsigned integer (bit field)

Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget

@@ -62,6 +62,40 @@ KernelVersion:	3.11
 Description:
 		This group contains functions available to this USB gadget.
 
+What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Description:
+		This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one
+		gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+		by an IAD.
+
+		The attributes:
+
+		compatible_id		- 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+		sub_compatible_id	- 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+
+What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Description:
+		This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one
+		gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+		by an IAD.
+
+		The attributes:
+
+		type		- value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+				1: unicode string
+				2: unicode string with environment variable
+				3: binary
+				4: little-endian 32-bit
+				5: big-endian 32-bit
+				6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+				7: multiple unicode strings
+		data		- blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+				type
+
 What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
 Date:		Jun 2013
 KernelVersion:	3.11
@@ -79,3 +113,14 @@ Description:
 		product		- gadget's product description
 		manufacturer	- gadget's manufacturer description
 
+What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Description:
+		This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
+
+		use		- flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+		b_vendor_code	- one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+				per-interface requests
+		qw_sign		- an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+				proper

Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Description:
 				 [fowner]]
 			lsm:	[[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
 				 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
-			option:	[[appraise_type=]]
+			option:	[[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio]
 
 		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
 			mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio

@@ -114,14 +114,17 @@ What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw
-What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_z_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement.
 		If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature
 		sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g.
-		a gyroscope axis). Units after application of scale and offset
+		a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish
+		between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact-
+		less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset
 		are milli degrees Celsius.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input
@@ -210,6 +213,14 @@ Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent.
 
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.5
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values
+		used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for
+		normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values.
+
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
@@ -784,6 +795,7 @@ What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -799,6 +811,7 @@ What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -845,6 +858,7 @@ What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -881,6 +895,25 @@ Description:
 		on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will
 		automatically load the saved configuration.
 
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale
+		and offset are lux.
+
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.4
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate
+		that measurements contains visible and infrared light
+		components or just infrared light, respectively.
+
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
@@ -891,3 +924,12 @@ Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
 		seconds.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw value of quaternion components using a format
+		x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about
+		which a rotation will occur and w component represents the
+		amount of rotation.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw
+Date:		March 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps)
+		1000-40000 = distance in meters
+
+What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity
+Date:		March 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range.
+		18 = indoors (default)
+		14 = outdoors

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci

@@ -250,3 +250,24 @@ Description:
 		valid.  For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
 		is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
 		when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override
+Date:		April 2014
+Contact:	Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+		will override standard static and dynamic ID matching.  When
+		specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+		to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+		device.  The override is specified by writing a string to the
+		driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and
+		may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+		This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+		Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+		device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+		automatically load the specified driver.  If no driver with a
+		matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+		will not bind to any driver.  This also allows devices to
+		opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+		"none".  Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+		there is no support for parsing delimiters.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net

@@ -169,6 +169,14 @@ Description:
 		"unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
 		"dormant", "up".
 
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id
+Date:		July 2013
+KernelVersion:	3.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within
+		the NIC, as a string.
+
 What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/speed
 Date:		October 2009
 KernelVersion:	2.6.33

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer
+		than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive
+		tx_max sized frames with no terminating short
+		packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted
+		as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a
+		short USB packet.
+
+		Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs
+		back-to-back without any interleaving short USB
+		packets.  This reduces the number of short packet
+		interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff
+		between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization.
+
+		Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to
+		disable all padding.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		The maximum NTB size for RX.  Cannot exceed the
+		maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at
+		least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+		The actual limits are device dependent.  See
+		dwNtbInMaxSize.
+
+		Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to
+		this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and
+		corresponding framing errors.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		The maximum NTB size for TX.  Cannot exceed the
+		maximum value supported by the device.  Must allow at
+		least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+		The actual limits are device dependent.  See
+		dwNtbOutMaxSize.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will
+		wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to
+		aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame.
+
+		Valid range: 5 to 4000000
+
+		Set to 0 to disable aggregation.
+
+The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the
+structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal
+Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network
+Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November
+24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc.  The descriptions are
+quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure".
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+		Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+		Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Remainder used to align input datagram payload within
+		the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) =
+		wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall
+		be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		OUT NTB Maximum Size
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Remainder used to align output datagram payload
+		offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted
+		as zero by function, and ignored by host.  (Payload
+		Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT
+		pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.16
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack
+		into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device
+		imposes no limit.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus
+Date:		March 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+		Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+		network device queue. Possible values depend on the number
+		of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently
+		processed by this particular network device receive queue.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this
+		network interface transmit queue.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus
+Date:		November 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.38
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+		Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+		network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the
+		number of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack
+		of this particular network device transmit queue.
+		Default value is 1000.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this
+		network device transmit queue.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued
+		on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped
+		to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be
+		queued on this network device transmit queue. See
+		include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min
+Date:		November 2011
+KernelVersion:	3.3
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be
+		queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is
+		0.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/collisions
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device.
+		This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/multicast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this
+		network device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device.
+		See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this
+		value is incremented.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this
+		network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces
+		that support packet compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error
+		by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might
+		depend on the MAC layer used by the interface.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets received by the network device
+		but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for
+		packet processing. See the network driver for the exact
+		meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this
+		network device. See the network driver for the exact
+		meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as
+		alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on
+		on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for
+		the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of received error packet with a length
+		error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the
+		exact meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed
+		due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network
+		driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized
+		compared to what the network device is configured to accept
+		(e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact
+		meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the total number of good packets received by this
+		network device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted
+		during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of
+		a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact
+		meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network
+		device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this
+		value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully
+		transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for
+		transmission.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted
+		because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the
+		network driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note
+		this might only be relevant for devices that support
+		compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission.
+		See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were
+		dropped.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by
+		a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to
+		why the packets were dropped.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit
+		FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the
+		packets were dropped.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been
+		reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact
+		reasons as to why the packets were dropped.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network
+		device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all
+		attempted or successful transmissions.
+
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted
+		due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the
+		MAC layer used.  On Ethernet this is usually used to report
+		late collisions errors.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Description:	Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
 
 What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
 Date:		pre-git history
-Contact:	cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
 Description:	Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
 
 		Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Description:	Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
 
 What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus
 Date:		June 2013
-Contact:	cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
 Description:	Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain
 
 		freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-thingm

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/rgb
-Date:		January 2013
-Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
-Description:	The ThingM blink1 is an USB RGB LED. The color notation is
-		3-byte hexadecimal. Read this attribute to get the last set
-		color. Write the 24-bit hexadecimal color to change the current
-		LED color. The default color is full white (0xFFFFFF).
-		For instance, set the color to green with: echo 00FF00 > rgb
-
-What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/fade
-Date:		January 2013
-Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
-Description:	This attribute allows to set a fade time in milliseconds for
-		the next color change. Read the attribute to know the current
-		fade time. The default value is set to 0 (no fade time). For
-		instance, set a fade time of 2 seconds with: echo 2000 > fade
-
-What:		/sys/class/leds/blink1::<serial>/play
-Date:		January 2013
-Contact:	Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
-Description:	This attribute is used to play/pause the light patterns. Write 1
-		to start playing, 0 to stop. Reading this attribute returns the
-		current playing status.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout
+Date:		May 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.17
+Contact:	Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the
+		Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value
+		is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff.

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req
+Date:		Feb 2014
+Contact:	Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+		Can be set and read.
+		Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if
+		the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus,
+		and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use
+		the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also
+		be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling
+		from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus.
+
+		Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+		Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device
+		is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop
+Date:		Feb 2014
+Contact:	Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+		Can be set and read
+		The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the
+		application running on the A-device wants to power down
+		the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then
+		the a_bus_req shall be 0.
+
+		Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+		Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by
+			 A-device, otherwise 0.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req
+Date:		Feb 2014
+Contact:	Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+		Can be set and read.
+		The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time
+		that the application running on the B-device wants to use the
+		bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to
+		work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral.
+
+		Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+		Reading: returns if the application running on the B device
+		is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err
+Date:		Feb 2014
+Contact:	Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com>
+Description:
+		Only can be set.
+		The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear
+		vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus.
+
+		Valid value is "1"

Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power

@@ -7,19 +7,30 @@ Description:
 		subsystem.
 
 What:		/sys/power/state
-Date:		August 2006
+Date:		May 2014
 Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
 Description:
-		The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state.
-		Reading from this file returns what states are supported,
-		which is hard-coded to 'freeze' (Low-Power Idle), 'standby'
-		(Power-On Suspend), 'mem' (Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk'
-		(Suspend-to-Disk).
+		The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states.
+		Reading from this file returns the available sleep state
+		labels, which may be "mem", "standby", "freeze" and "disk"
+		(hibernation).  The meanings of the first three labels depend on
+		the relative_sleep_states command line argument as follows:
+		 1) relative_sleep_states = 1
+		    "mem", "standby", "freeze" represent non-hibernation sleep
+		    states from the deepest ("mem", always present) to the
+		    shallowest ("freeze").  "standby" and "freeze" may or may
+		    not be present depending on the capabilities of the
+		    platform.  "freeze" can only be present if "standby" is
+		    present.
+		 2) relative_sleep_states = 0 (default)
+		    "mem" - "suspend-to-RAM", present if supported.
+		    "standby" - "power-on suspend", present if supported.
+		    "freeze" - "suspend-to-idle", always present.
 
 		Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to
-		transition into that state. Please see the file
-		Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of each of
-		these states.
+		transition into the corresponding state, if available.  See
+		Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of what
+		"suspend-to-RAM", "power-on suspend" and "suspend-to-idle" mean.
 
 What:		/sys/power/disk
 Date:		September 2006

Documentation/Changes

@@ -73,6 +73,11 @@ Perl
 You will need perl 5 and the following modules: Getopt::Long, Getopt::Std,
 File::Basename, and File::Find to build the kernel.
 
+BC
+--
+
+You will need bc to build kernels 3.10 and higher
+
 
 System utilities
 ================
@@ -275,12 +280,9 @@ that is possible.
 mcelog
 ------
 
-In Linux 2.6.31+ the i386 kernel needs to run the mcelog utility
-as a regular cronjob similar to the x86-64 kernel to process and log
-machine check events when CONFIG_X86_NEW_MCE is enabled. Machine check
-events are errors reported by the CPU. Processing them is strongly encouraged.
-All x86-64 kernels since 2.6.4 require the mcelog utility to
-process machine checks.
+On x86 kernels the mcelog utility is needed to process and log machine check
+events when CONFIG_X86_MCE is enabled. Machine check events are errors reported
+by the CPU. Processing them is strongly encouraged.
 
 Getting updated software
 ========================

Documentation/CodingStyle

@@ -660,15 +660,23 @@ There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in <linux/device.h>
 which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device
 and driver, and are tagged with the right level:  dev_err(), dev_warn(),
 dev_info(), and so forth.  For messages that aren't associated with a
-particular device, <linux/printk.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info().
+particular device, <linux/printk.h> defines pr_notice(), pr_info(),
+pr_warn(), pr_err(), etc.
 
 Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once
-you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting.  Such
-messages should be compiled out when the DEBUG symbol is not defined (that
-is, by default they are not included).  When you use dev_dbg() or pr_debug(),
-that's automatic.  Many subsystems have Kconfig options to turn on -DDEBUG.
-A related convention uses VERBOSE_DEBUG to add dev_vdbg() messages to the
-ones already enabled by DEBUG.
+you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting.  However
+debug message printing is handled differently than printing other non-debug
+messages.  While the other pr_XXX() functions print unconditionally,
+pr_debug() does not; it is compiled out by default, unless either DEBUG is
+defined or CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set.  That is true for dev_dbg() also,
+and a related convention uses VERBOSE_DEBUG to add dev_vdbg() messages to
+the ones already enabled by DEBUG.
+
+Many subsystems have Kconfig debug options to turn on -DDEBUG in the
+corresponding Makefile; in other cases specific files #define DEBUG.  And
+when a debug message should be unconditionally printed, such as if it is
+already inside a debug-related #ifdef secton, printk(KERN_DEBUG ...) can be
+used.
 
 
 		Chapter 14: Allocating memory

Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt

@@ -9,16 +9,76 @@ This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API
 with example pseudo-code.  For a concise description of the API, see
 DMA-API.txt.
 
-Most of the 64bit platforms have special hardware that translates bus
-addresses (DMA addresses) into physical addresses.  This is similar to
-how page tables and/or a TLB translates virtual addresses to physical
-addresses on a CPU.  This is needed so that e.g. PCI devices can
-access with a Single Address Cycle (32bit DMA address) any page in the
-64bit physical address space.  Previously in Linux those 64bit
-platforms had to set artificial limits on the maximum RAM size in the
-system, so that the virt_to_bus() static scheme works (the DMA address
-translation tables were simply filled on bootup to map each bus
-address to the physical page __pa(bus_to_virt())).
+                       CPU and DMA addresses
+
+There are several kinds of addresses involved in the DMA API, and it's
+important to understand the differences.
+
+The kernel normally uses virtual addresses.  Any address returned by
+kmalloc(), vmalloc(), and similar interfaces is a virtual address and can
+be stored in a "void *".
+
+The virtual memory system (TLB, page tables, etc.) translates virtual
+addresses to CPU physical addresses, which are stored as "phys_addr_t" or
+"resource_size_t".  The kernel manages device resources like registers as
+physical addresses.  These are the addresses in /proc/iomem.  The physical
+address is not directly useful to a driver; it must use ioremap() to map
+the space and produce a virtual address.
+
+I/O devices use a third kind of address: a "bus address" or "DMA address".
+If a device has registers at an MMIO address, or if it performs DMA to read
+or write system memory, the addresses used by the device are bus addresses.
+In some systems, bus addresses are identical to CPU physical addresses, but
+in general they are not.  IOMMUs and host bridges can produce arbitrary
+mappings between physical and bus addresses.
+
+Here's a picture and some examples:
+
+               CPU                  CPU                  Bus
+             Virtual              Physical             Address
+             Address              Address               Space
+              Space                Space
+
+            +-------+             +------+             +------+
+            |       |             |MMIO  |   Offset    |      |
+            |       |  Virtual    |Space |   applied   |      |
+          C +-------+ --------> B +------+ ----------> +------+ A
+            |       |  mapping    |      |   by host   |      |
+  +-----+   |       |             |      |   bridge    |      |   +--------+
+  |     |   |       |             +------+             |      |   |        |
+  | CPU |   |       |             | RAM  |             |      |   | Device |
+  |     |   |       |             |      |             |      |   |        |
+  +-----+   +-------+             +------+             +------+   +--------+
+            |       |  Virtual    |Buffer|   Mapping   |      |
+          X +-------+ --------> Y +------+ <---------- +------+ Z
+            |       |  mapping    | RAM  |   by IOMMU
+            |       |             |      |
+            |       |             |      |
+            +-------+             +------+
+
+During the enumeration process, the kernel learns about I/O devices and
+their MMIO space and the host bridges that connect them to the system.  For
+example, if a PCI device has a BAR, the kernel reads the bus address (A)
+from the BAR and converts it to a CPU physical address (B).  The address B
+is stored in a struct resource and usually exposed via /proc/iomem.  When a
+driver claims a device, it typically uses ioremap() to map physical address
+B at a virtual address (C).  It can then use, e.g., ioread32(C), to access
+the device registers at bus address A.
+
+If the device supports DMA, the driver sets up a buffer using kmalloc() or
+a similar interface, which returns a virtual address (X).  The virtual
+memory system maps X to a physical address (Y) in system RAM.  The driver
+can use virtual address X to access the buffer, but the device itself
+cannot because DMA doesn't go through the CPU virtual memory system.
+
+In some simple systems, the device can do DMA directly to physical address
+Y.  But in many others, there is IOMMU hardware that translates bus
+addresses to physical addresses, e.g., it translates Z to Y.  This is part
+of the reason for the DMA API: the driver can give a virtual address X to
+an interface like dma_map_single(), which sets up any required IOMMU
+mapping and returns the bus address Z.  The driver then tells the device to
+do DMA to Z, and the IOMMU maps it to the buffer at address Y in system
+RAM.
 
 So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the
 drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be
@@ -29,17 +89,17 @@ The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such
 hardware exists.
 
 Note that the DMA API works with any bus independent of the underlying
-microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than
-the bus specific DMA API (e.g. pci_dma_*).
+microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than the
+bus-specific DMA API, i.e., use the dma_map_*() interfaces rather than the
+pci_map_*() interfaces.
 
 First of all, you should make sure
 
 #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
 
-is in your driver. This file will obtain for you the definition of the
-dma_addr_t (which can hold any valid DMA address for the platform)
-type which should be used everywhere you hold a DMA (bus) address
-returned from the DMA mapping functions.
+is in your driver, which provides the definition of dma_addr_t.  This type
+can hold any valid DMA or bus address for the platform and should be used
+everywhere you hold a DMA address returned from the DMA mapping functions.
 
 			 What memory is DMA'able?
 
@@ -123,9 +183,9 @@ Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask
 is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device
 supports.  It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on
 the machine given the address mask you provided.  In general, the
-device struct of your device is embedded in the bus specific device
-struct of your device.  For example, a pointer to the device struct of
-your PCI device is pdev->dev (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device
+device struct of your device is embedded in the bus-specific device
+struct of your device.  For example, &pdev->dev is a pointer to the
+device struct of a PCI device (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device
 struct of your device).
 
 If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
@@ -147,8 +207,7 @@ exactly why.
 The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this:
 
 	if (dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
-		printk(KERN_WARNING
-		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
 
@@ -170,8 +229,7 @@ all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA:
 	} else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
 		using_dac = 0;
 	} else {
-		printk(KERN_WARNING
-		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
 
@@ -187,22 +245,20 @@ the case would look like this:
 		using_dac = 0;
 		consistent_using_dac = 0;
 	} else {
-		printk(KERN_WARNING
-		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
 
-The coherent coherent mask will always be able to set the same or a
-smaller mask as the streaming mask. However for the rare case that a
-device driver only uses consistent allocations, one would have to
-check the return value from dma_set_coherent_mask().
+The coherent mask will always be able to set the same or a smaller mask as
+the streaming mask. However for the rare case that a device driver only
+uses consistent allocations, one would have to check the return value from
+dma_set_coherent_mask().
 
 Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of
 address you might do something like:
 
 	if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) {
-		printk(KERN_WARNING
-		       "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n");
+		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
 
@@ -232,14 +288,14 @@ Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done:
 		card->playback_enabled = 1;
 	} else {
 		card->playback_enabled = 0;
-		printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+		dev_warn(dev, "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations\n",
 		       card->name);
 	}
 	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) {
 		card->record_enabled = 1;
 	} else {
 		card->record_enabled = 0;
-		printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+		dev_warn(dev, "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations\n",
 		       card->name);
 	}
 
@@ -331,7 +387,7 @@ context with the GFP_ATOMIC flag.
 Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes.
 
 This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to
-__get_free_pages (but takes size instead of a page order).  If your
+__get_free_pages() (but takes size instead of a page order).  If your
 driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using
 the dma_pool interface, described below.
 
@@ -343,11 +399,11 @@ the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via
 dma_set_coherent_mask().  This is true of the dma_pool interface as
 well.
 
-dma_alloc_coherent returns two values: the virtual address which you
+dma_alloc_coherent() returns two values: the virtual address which you
 can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the
 card.
 
-The cpu return address and the DMA bus master address are both
+The CPU virtual address and the DMA bus address are both
 guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which
 is greater than or equal to the requested size.  This invariant
 exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk
@@ -359,13 +415,13 @@ To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call:
 	dma_free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
 
 where dev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and
-dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent returned to you.
+dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent() returned to you.
 This function may not be called in interrupt context.
 
 If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write
-custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent,
+custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent(),
 or you can use the dma_pool API to do that.  A dma_pool is like
-a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent not __get_free_pages.
+a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent(), not __get_free_pages().
 Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment,
 like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries.
 
@@ -373,37 +429,37 @@ Create a dma_pool like this:
 
 	struct dma_pool *pool;
 
-	pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, alloc);
+	pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, boundary);
 
 The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); dev and size
 are as above.  The device's hardware alignment requirement for this
 type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a
 power of two).  If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions,
-pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool
+pass 0 for boundary; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool
 must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to
-go for dma_alloc_coherent directly instead).
+use dma_alloc_coherent() directly instead).
 
-Allocate memory from a dma pool like this:
+Allocate memory from a DMA pool like this:
 
 	cpu_addr = dma_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle);
 
-flags are SLAB_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor
-holding SMP locks), SLAB_ATOMIC otherwise.  Like dma_alloc_coherent,
+flags are GFP_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor
+holding SMP locks), GFP_ATOMIC otherwise.  Like dma_alloc_coherent(),
 this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle.
 
 Free memory that was allocated from a dma_pool like this:
 
 	dma_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
 
-where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc, and cpu_addr and
-dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc returned. This function
+where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc(), and cpu_addr and
+dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc() returned. This function
 may be called in interrupt context.
 
 Destroy a dma_pool by calling:
 
 	dma_pool_destroy(pool);
 
-Make sure you've called dma_pool_free for all memory allocated
+Make sure you've called dma_pool_free() for all memory allocated
 from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not
 be called in interrupt context.
 
@@ -418,7 +474,7 @@ one of the following values:
  DMA_FROM_DEVICE
  DMA_NONE
 
-One should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it.
+You should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it.
 
 DMA_TO_DEVICE means "from main memory to the device"
 DMA_FROM_DEVICE means "from the device to main memory"
@@ -489,14 +545,14 @@ and to unmap it:
 	dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
 
 You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_single() could fail and return
-error. Not all dma implementations support dma_mapping_error() interface.
+error. Not all DMA implementations support the dma_mapping_error() interface.
 However, it is a good practice to call dma_mapping_error() interface, which
 will invoke the generic mapping error check interface. Doing so will ensure
-that the mapping code will work correctly on all dma implementations without
+that the mapping code will work correctly on all DMA implementations without
 any dependency on the specifics of the underlying implementation. Using the
 returned address without checking for errors could result in failures ranging
 from panics to silent data corruption. A couple of examples of incorrect ways
-to check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying dma
+to check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying DMA
 implementation are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as
 well.
 
@@ -516,13 +572,13 @@ Incorrect example 2:
 		goto map_error;
 	}
 
-You should call dma_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
+You should call dma_unmap_single() when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.,
 from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
 
-Using cpu pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage,
+Using CPU pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage:
 you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way.  Thus, there is a
-map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single.  These
-interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of cpu pointers.
+map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single().  These
+interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of CPU pointers.
 Specifically:
 
 	struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev;
@@ -550,7 +606,7 @@ Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page.
 You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_page() could fail and return
 error as outlined under the dma_map_single() discussion.
 
-You should call dma_unmap_page when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
+You should call dma_unmap_page() when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.,
 from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
 
 With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by:
@@ -588,18 +644,16 @@ PLEASE NOTE:  The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be
 	      it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the
               dma_map_sg call.
 
-Every dma_map_{single,sg} call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}
-counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource (although
-in some ports the mapping is per each BUS so less devices contend for the
-same bus address space) and you could render the machine unusable by eating
-all bus addresses.
+Every dma_map_{single,sg}() call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}()
+counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource and
+you could render the machine unusable by consuming all bus addresses.
 
 If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch
 the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced
-properly in order for the cpu and device to see the most uptodate and
+properly in order for the CPU and device to see the most up-to-date and
 correct copy of the DMA buffer.
 
-So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}, and after each DMA
+So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}(), and after each DMA
 transfer call either:
 
 	dma_sync_single_for_cpu(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
@@ -611,7 +665,7 @@ or:
 as appropriate.
 
 Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again,
-finish accessing the data with the cpu, and then before actually
+finish accessing the data with the CPU, and then before actually
 giving the buffer to the hardware call either:
 
 	dma_sync_single_for_device(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
@@ -623,9 +677,9 @@ or:
 as appropriate.
 
 After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines
-dma_unmap_{single,sg}. If you don't touch the data from the first dma_map_*
-call till dma_unmap_*, then you don't have to call the dma_sync_*
-routines at all.
+dma_unmap_{single,sg}(). If you don't touch the data from the first
+dma_map_*() call till dma_unmap_*(), then you don't have to call the
+dma_sync_*() routines at all.
 
 Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need
 to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces.
@@ -690,12 +744,12 @@ to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces.
 		}
 	}
 
-Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus any
-longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt. Some drivers have to be changed a
-little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt in the
+Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus() any
+longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt(). Some drivers have to be changed a
+little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt() in the
 dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses
-returned by the dma_alloc_coherent, dma_pool_alloc, and dma_map_single
-calls (dma_map_sg stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform
+returned by the dma_alloc_coherent(), dma_pool_alloc(), and dma_map_single()
+calls (dma_map_sg() stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform
 supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or
 in the card registers.
 
@@ -709,9 +763,9 @@ as it is impossible to correctly support them.
 DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation
 failure can be determined by:
 
-- checking if dma_alloc_coherent returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0
+- checking if dma_alloc_coherent() returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0
 
-- checking the returned dma_addr_t of dma_map_single and dma_map_page
+- checking the dma_addr_t returned from dma_map_single() and dma_map_page()
   by using dma_mapping_error():
 
 	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
@@ -794,7 +848,7 @@ Example 2: (if buffers are allocated in a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when
 		dma_unmap_single(array[i].dma_addr);
 	}
 
-Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb to free the socket buffer
+Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb() to free the socket buffer
 and return NETDEV_TX_OK if the DMA mapping fails on the transmit hook
 (ndo_start_xmit). This means that the socket buffer is just dropped in
 the failure case.
@@ -831,7 +885,7 @@ transform some example code.
 		DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN(len);
 	};
 
-2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set to set these values.
+2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set() to set these values.
    Example, before:
 
 	ringp->mapping = FOO;
@@ -842,7 +896,7 @@ transform some example code.
 	dma_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO);
 	dma_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR);
 
-3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len} to access these values.
+3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}() to access these values.
    Example, before:
 
 	dma_unmap_single(dev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len,

Documentation/DMA-API.txt

@@ -4,22 +4,26 @@
         James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
 
 This document describes the DMA API.  For a more gentle introduction
-of the API (and actual examples) see
-Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt.
+of the API (and actual examples), see Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt.
 
-This API is split into two pieces.  Part I describes the API.  Part II
-describes the extensions to the API for supporting non-consistent
-memory machines.  Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to
-support non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy
-platforms) you should only use the API described in part I.
+This API is split into two pieces.  Part I describes the basic API.
+Part II describes extensions for supporting non-consistent memory
+machines.  Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to support
+non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy platforms) you
+should only use the API described in part I.
 
 Part I - dma_ API
 -------------------------------------
 
-To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>.  This
+provides dma_addr_t and the interfaces described below.
 
+A dma_addr_t can hold any valid DMA or bus address for the platform.  It
+can be given to a device to use as a DMA source or target.  A CPU cannot
+reference a dma_addr_t directly because there may be translation between
+its physical address space and the bus address space.
 
-Part Ia - Using large dma-coherent buffers
+Part Ia - Using large DMA-coherent buffers
 ------------------------------------------
 
 void *
@@ -33,20 +37,21 @@ to make sure to flush the processor's write buffers before telling
 devices to read that memory.)
 
 This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of consistent memory.
-It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned
-integer the same width as the bus and used as the physical address
-base of the region.
 
-Returns: a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual
+It returns a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual
 address space) or NULL if the allocation failed.
 
+It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned integer the
+same width as the bus and given to the device as the bus address base of
+the region.
+
 Note: consistent memory can be expensive on some platforms, and the
 minimum allocation length may be as big as a page, so you should
 consolidate your requests for consistent memory as much as possible.
 The simplest way to do that is to use the dma_pool calls (see below).
 
-The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent only) allows the caller to
-specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc) for the allocation (the
+The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent() only) allows the caller to
+specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc()) for the allocation (the
 implementation may choose to ignore flags that affect the location of
 the returned memory, like GFP_DMA).
 
@@ -61,24 +66,24 @@ void
 dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
 			   dma_addr_t dma_handle)
 
-Free the region of consistent memory you previously allocated.  dev,
-size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into the
-consistent allocate.  cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by
-the consistent allocate.
+Free a region of consistent memory you previously allocated.  dev,
+size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into
+dma_alloc_coherent().  cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by
+the dma_alloc_coherent().
 
 Note that unlike their sibling allocation calls, these routines
 may only be called with IRQs enabled.
 
 
-Part Ib - Using small dma-coherent buffers
+Part Ib - Using small DMA-coherent buffers
 ------------------------------------------
 
 To get this part of the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dmapool.h>
 
-Many drivers need lots of small dma-coherent memory regions for DMA
+Many drivers need lots of small DMA-coherent memory regions for DMA
 descriptors or I/O buffers.  Rather than allocating in units of a page
 or more using dma_alloc_coherent(), you can use DMA pools.  These work
-much like a struct kmem_cache, except that they use the dma-coherent allocator,
+much like a struct kmem_cache, except that they use the DMA-coherent allocator,
 not __get_free_pages().  Also, they understand common hardware constraints
 for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries.
 
@@ -87,7 +92,7 @@ for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries.
 	dma_pool_create(const char *name, struct device *dev,
 			size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc);
 
-The pool create() routines initialize a pool of dma-coherent buffers
+dma_pool_create() initializes a pool of DMA-coherent buffers
 for use with a given device.  It must be called in a context which
 can sleep.
 
@@ -102,25 +107,26 @@ from this pool must not cross 4KByte boundaries.
 	void *dma_pool_alloc(struct dma_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags,
 			dma_addr_t *dma_handle);
 
-This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the size
-and alignment requirements specified at creation time.  Pass GFP_ATOMIC to
-prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks),
-pass GFP_KERNEL to allow blocking.  Like dma_alloc_coherent(), this returns
-two values:  an address usable by the cpu, and the dma address usable by the
-pool's device.
+This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the
+size and alignment requirements specified at creation time.  Pass
+GFP_ATOMIC to prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not
+in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks), pass GFP_KERNEL to allow
+blocking.  Like dma_alloc_coherent(), this returns two values:  an
+address usable by the CPU, and the DMA address usable by the pool's
+device.
 
 
 	void dma_pool_free(struct dma_pool *pool, void *vaddr,
 			dma_addr_t addr);
 
 This puts memory back into the pool.  The pool is what was passed to
-the pool allocation routine; the cpu (vaddr) and dma addresses are what
+dma_pool_alloc(); the CPU (vaddr) and DMA addresses are what
 were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed.
 
 
 	void dma_pool_destroy(struct dma_pool *pool);
 
-The pool destroy() routines free the resources of the pool.  They must be
+dma_pool_destroy() frees the resources of the pool.  It must be
 called in a context which can sleep.  Make sure you've freed all allocated
 memory back to the pool before you destroy it.
 
@@ -187,9 +193,9 @@ dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
 		      enum dma_data_direction direction)
 
 Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the
-device and returns the physical handle of the memory.
+device and returns the bus address of the memory.
 
-The direction for both api's may be converted freely by casting.
+The direction for both APIs may be converted freely by casting.
 However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its
 direction:
 
@@ -198,31 +204,30 @@ DMA_TO_DEVICE		data is going from the memory to the device
 DMA_FROM_DEVICE		data is coming from the device to the memory
 DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL	direction isn't known
 
-Notes:  Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this
-API.  Further, regions that appear to be physically contiguous in
-kernel virtual space may not be contiguous as physical memory.  Since
-this API does not provide any scatter/gather capability, it will fail
-if the user tries to map a non-physically contiguous piece of memory.
-For this reason, it is recommended that memory mapped by this API be
-obtained only from sources which guarantee it to be physically contiguous
-(like kmalloc).
-
-Further, the physical address of the memory must be within the
-dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask represents a bit mask of the
-addressable region for the device.  I.e., if the physical address of
-the memory anded with the dma_mask is still equal to the physical
-address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory).  In order to
+Notes:  Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this API.
+Further, contiguous kernel virtual space may not be contiguous as
+physical memory.  Since this API does not provide any scatter/gather
+capability, it will fail if the user tries to map a non-physically
+contiguous piece of memory.  For this reason, memory to be mapped by
+this API should be obtained from sources which guarantee it to be
+physically contiguous (like kmalloc).
+
+Further, the bus address of the memory must be within the
+dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask is a bit mask of the
+addressable region for the device, i.e., if the bus address of
+the memory ANDed with the dma_mask is still equal to the bus
+address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory).  To
 ensure that the memory allocated by kmalloc is within the dma_mask,
 the driver may specify various platform-dependent flags to restrict
-the physical memory range of the allocation (e.g. on x86, GFP_DMA
-guarantees to be within the first 16Mb of available physical memory,
+the bus address range of the allocation (e.g., on x86, GFP_DMA
+guarantees to be within the first 16MB of available bus addresses,
 as required by ISA devices).
 
 Note also that the above constraints on physical contiguity and
 dma_mask may not apply if the platform has an IOMMU (a device which
-supplies a physical to virtual mapping between the I/O memory bus and
-the device).  However, to be portable, device driver writers may *not*
-assume that such an IOMMU exists.
+maps an I/O bus address to a physical memory address).  However, to be
+portable, device driver writers may *not* assume that such an IOMMU
+exists.
 
 Warnings:  Memory coherency operates at a granularity called the cache
 line width.  In order for memory mapped by this API to operate
@@ -281,9 +286,9 @@ cache width is.
 int
 dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr)
 
-In some circumstances dma_map_single and dma_map_page will fail to create
+In some circumstances dma_map_single() and dma_map_page() will fail to create
 a mapping. A driver can check for these errors by testing the returned
-dma address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping
+DMA address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping
 could not be created and the driver should take appropriate action (e.g.
 reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later).
 
@@ -291,7 +296,7 @@ reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later).
 	dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg,
 		int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction)
 
-Returns: the number of physical segments mapped (this may be shorter
+Returns: the number of bus address segments mapped (this may be shorter
 than <nents> passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are
 physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single
 entry).
@@ -299,7 +304,7 @@ entry).
 Please note that the sg cannot be mapped again if it has been mapped once.
 The mapping process is allowed to destroy information in the sg.
 
-As with the other mapping interfaces, dma_map_sg can fail. When it
+As with the other mapping interfaces, dma_map_sg() can fail. When it
 does, 0 is returned and a driver must take appropriate action. It is
 critical that the driver do something, in the case of a block driver
 aborting the request or even oopsing is better than doing nothing and
@@ -335,7 +340,7 @@ must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping
 API.
 
 Note: <nents> must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of
-physical entries returned.
+bus address entries returned.
 
 void
 dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size,
@@ -350,7 +355,7 @@ void
 dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems,
 		       enum dma_data_direction direction)
 
-Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the cpu
+Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the CPU
 and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same
 as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API,
 you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to
@@ -391,10 +396,10 @@ The four functions above are just like the counterpart functions
 without the _attrs suffixes, except that they pass an optional
 struct dma_attrs*.
 
-struct dma_attrs encapsulates a set of "dma attributes". For the
+struct dma_attrs encapsulates a set of "DMA attributes". For the
 definition of struct dma_attrs see linux/dma-attrs.h.
 
-The interpretation of dma attributes is architecture-specific, and
+The interpretation of DMA attributes is architecture-specific, and
 each attribute should be documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt.
 
 If struct dma_attrs* is NULL, the semantics of each of these
@@ -458,7 +463,7 @@ Note: where the platform can return consistent memory, it will
 guarantee that the sync points become nops.
 
 Warning:  Handling non-consistent memory is a real pain.  You should
-only ever use this API if you positively know your driver will be
+only use this API if you positively know your driver will be
 required to work on one of the rare (usually non-PCI) architectures
 that simply cannot make consistent memory.
 
@@ -492,30 +497,29 @@ continuing on for size.  Again, you *must* observe the cache line
 boundaries when doing this.
 
 int
-dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t bus_addr,
+dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, phys_addr_t phys_addr,
 			    dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size, int
 			    flags)
 
-Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent when
+Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent() when
 it's asked for coherent memory for this device.
 
-bus_addr is the physical address to which the memory is currently
-assigned in the bus responding region (this will be used by the
-platform to perform the mapping).
+phys_addr is the CPU physical address to which the memory is currently
+assigned (this will be ioremapped so the CPU can access the region).
 
-device_addr is the physical address the device needs to be programmed
-with actually to address this memory (this will be handed out as the
+device_addr is the bus address the device needs to be programmed
+with to actually address this memory (this will be handed out as the
 dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()).
 
 size is the size of the area (must be multiples of PAGE_SIZE).
 
-flags can be or'd together and are:
+flags can be ORed together and are:
 
 DMA_MEMORY_MAP - request that the memory returned from
 dma_alloc_coherent() be directly writable.
 
 DMA_MEMORY_IO - request that the memory returned from
-dma_alloc_coherent() be addressable using read/write/memcpy_toio etc.
+dma_alloc_coherent() be addressable using read()/write()/memcpy_toio() etc.
 
 One or both of these flags must be present.
 
@@ -572,7 +576,7 @@ region is occupied.
 Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API
 -------------------------------------------
 
-The DMA-API as described above as some constraints. DMA addresses must be
+The DMA-API as described above has some constraints. DMA addresses must be
 released with the corresponding function with the same size for example. With
 the advent of hardware IOMMUs it becomes more and more important that drivers
 do not violate those constraints. In the worst case such a violation can
@@ -690,11 +694,11 @@ architectural default.
 void debug_dmap_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr);
 
 dma-debug interface debug_dma_mapping_error() to debug drivers that fail
-to check dma mapping errors on addresses returned by dma_map_single() and
+to check DMA mapping errors on addresses returned by dma_map_single() and
 dma_map_page() interfaces. This interface clears a flag set by
 debug_dma_map_page() to indicate that dma_mapping_error() has been called by
 the driver. When driver does unmap, debug_dma_unmap() checks the flag and if
 this flag is still set, prints warning message that includes call trace that
 leads up to the unmap. This interface can be called from dma_mapping_error()
-routines to enable dma mapping error check debugging.
+routines to enable DMA mapping error check debugging.
 

Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To do ISA style DMA you need to include two headers:
 #include <asm/dma.h>
 
 The first is the generic DMA API used to convert virtual addresses to
-physical addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details).
+bus addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details).
 
 The second contains the routines specific to ISA DMA transfers. Since
 this is not present on all platforms make sure you construct your
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ early as possible and not release it until the driver is unloaded.)
 Part III - Address translation
 ------------------------------
 
-To translate the virtual address to a physical use the normal DMA
+To translate the virtual address to a bus address, use the normal DMA
 API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same
 thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys()
 will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which

Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt

@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ DMA_ATTR_FORCE_CONTIGUOUS
 By default DMA-mapping subsystem is allowed to assemble the buffer
 allocated by dma_alloc_attrs() function from individual pages if it can
 be mapped as contiguous chunk into device dma address space. By
-specifing this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous
+specifying this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous
 also in physical memory.

Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl

@@ -100,6 +100,7 @@
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_limit
 !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_combination
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_check_combinations
       </chapter>
       <chapter>
       <title>Actions and configuration</title>

Documentation/DocBook/Makefile

@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \
 	    genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
 	    80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
 	    alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
-	    tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml
+	    tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml \
+	    writing_musb_glue_layer.xml
 
 include Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
 

Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl

@@ -141,6 +141,12 @@
       and then pass it to one of the <function>drm_*_init()</function> functions
       to register it with the DRM subsystem.
     </para>
+    <para>
+      Newer drivers that no longer require a <structname>drm_bus</structname>
+      structure can alternatively use the low-level device initialization and
+      registration functions such as <function>drm_dev_alloc()</function> and
+      <function>drm_dev_register()</function> directly.
+    </para>
     <para>
       The <structname>drm_driver</structname> structure contains static
       information that describes the driver and features it supports, and
@@ -281,6 +287,36 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
         </para>
       </sect3>
     </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Device Registration</title>
+      <para>
+        A number of functions are provided to help with device registration.
+        The functions deal with PCI, USB and platform devices, respectively.
+      </para>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_pci.c
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_usb.c
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_platform.c
+      <para>
+        New drivers that no longer rely on the services provided by the
+        <structname>drm_bus</structname> structure can call the low-level
+        device registration functions directly. The
+        <function>drm_dev_alloc()</function> function can be used to allocate
+        and initialize a new <structname>drm_device</structname> structure.
+        Drivers will typically want to perform some additional setup on this
+        structure, such as allocating driver-specific data and storing a
+        pointer to it in the DRM device's <structfield>dev_private</structfield>
+        field. Drivers should also set the device's unique name using the
+        <function>drm_dev_set_unique()</function> function. After it has been
+        set up a device can be registered with the DRM subsystem by calling
+        <function>drm_dev_register()</function>. This will cause the device to
+        be exposed to userspace and will call the driver's
+        <structfield>.load()</structfield> implementation. When a device is
+        removed, the DRM device can safely be unregistered and freed by calling
+        <function>drm_dev_unregister()</function> followed by a call to
+        <function>drm_dev_unref()</function>.
+      </para>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_stub.c
+    </sect2>
     <sect2>
       <title>Driver Load</title>
       <para>
@@ -341,14 +377,6 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
         </para>
         <sect4>
           <title>Managed IRQ Registration</title>
-          <para>
-            Both the <function>drm_irq_install</function> and
-	    <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> functions get the device IRQ by
-	    calling <function>drm_dev_to_irq</function>. This inline function will
-	    call a bus-specific operation to retrieve the IRQ number. For platform
-	    devices, <function>platform_get_irq</function>(..., 0) is used to
-	    retrieve the IRQ number.
-          </para>
           <para>
             <function>drm_irq_install</function> starts by calling the
             <methodname>irq_preinstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation
@@ -356,7 +384,7 @@ char *date;</synopsis>
             clearing all pending interrupt flags or disabling the interrupt.
           </para>
           <para>
-            The IRQ will then be requested by a call to
+            The passed-in IRQ will then be requested by a call to
             <function>request_irq</function>. If the DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED driver
             feature flag is set, a shared (IRQF_SHARED) IRQ handler will be
             requested.
@@ -1799,6 +1827,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
       <title>KMS API Functions</title>
 !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c
     </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>KMS Locking</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c kms locking
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_modeset_lock.h
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c
+    </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
   <!-- Internals: kms helper functions -->
@@ -1903,8 +1937,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
           <para>
             The function filters out modes larger than
             <parameter>max_width</parameter> and <parameter>max_height</parameter>
-            if specified. It then calls the connector
-            <methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation for  each mode in
+            if specified. It then calls the optional connector
+            <methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation for each mode in
             the probed list to check whether the mode is valid for the connector.
           </para>
         </listitem>
@@ -2265,7 +2299,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
           <para>
             Verify whether a mode is valid for the connector. Return MODE_OK for
             supported modes and one of the enum drm_mode_status values (MODE_*)
-            for unsupported modes. This operation is mandatory.
+            for unsupported modes. This operation is optional.
           </para>
           <para>
             As the mode rejection reason is currently not used beside for
@@ -2450,6 +2484,863 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
       pointer to the target object, a pointer to the previously created property
       and an initial instance value.
     </para>
+    <sect2>
+	<title>Existing KMS Properties</title>
+	<para>
+	The following table gives description of drm properties exposed by various
+	modules/drivers.
+	</para>
+	<table border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
+	<tbody>
+	<tr style="font-weight: bold;">
+	<td valign="top" >Owner Module/Drivers</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Group</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Property Name</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Type</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Property Values</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Object attached</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="20" valign="top" >DRM</td>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“EDID”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >0</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Contains id of edid blob ptr object.</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“DPMS”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ “On”, “Standby”, “Suspend”, “Off” }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Contains DPMS operation mode value.</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“type”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Overlay", "Primary", "Cursor" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane type</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >DVI-I</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“subconnector”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ “Unknown”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“select subconnector”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ “Automatic”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="13" valign="top" >TV</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“subconnector”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Unknown", "Composite", "SVIDEO", "Component", "SCART" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“select subconnector”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Automatic", "Composite", "SVIDEO", "Component", "SCART" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“left margin”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“right margin”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“top margin”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“bottom margin”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“brightness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“contrast”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker reduction”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“overscan”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“saturation”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hue”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Optional</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“dirty”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Off", "On", "Annotate" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="21" valign="top" >i915</td>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Automatic", "Full", "Limited 16:235" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“audio”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "force-dvi", "off", "auto", "on" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="17" valign="top" >SDVO-TV</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"left_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"right_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"top_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"bottom_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hpos”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“vpos”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“contrast”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“saturation”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hue”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“sharpness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter_adaptive”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter_2d”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“tv_chroma_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“tv_luma_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“dot_crawl”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >SDVO-TV/LVDS</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“brightness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >CDV gma-500</td>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ “Full”, “Limited 16:235” }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ “off”, “auto”, “on” }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="20" valign="top" >Poulsbo</td>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“backlight”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=100</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="17" valign="top" >SDVO-TV</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"left_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"right_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"top_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"bottom_margin"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hpos”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“vpos”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“contrast”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“saturation”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hue”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“sharpness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter_adaptive”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“flicker_filter_2d”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“tv_chroma_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“tv_luma_filter”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“dot_crawl”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >SDVO-TV/LVDS</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“brightness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="11" valign="top" >armada</td>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >CRTC</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"CSC_YUV"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Auto" , "CCIR601", "CCIR709" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"CSC_RGB"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "Auto", "Computer system", "Studio" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="9" valign="top" >Overlay</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey_min"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey_max"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey_val"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey_alpha"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey_mode"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "disabled", "Y component", "U component"
+	, "V component", "RGB", “R component", "G component", "B component" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"brightness"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=256 + 255</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"contrast"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0x7fff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"saturation"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0x7fff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >exynos</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "normal", "blank" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Overlay</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“zpos”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=MAX_PLANE-1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >i2c/ch7006_drv</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“scale”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=2</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >TV</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard names as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard types as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Values as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "PAL", "PAL-M","PAL-N"}, ”PAL-Nc"
+	, "PAL-60", "NTSC-M", "NTSC-J" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="16" valign="top" >nouveau</td>
+	<td rowspan="6" valign="top" >NV10 Overlay</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0x01ffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“contrast”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=8192-1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“brightness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1024</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“hue”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=359</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“saturation”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=8192-1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“iturbt_709”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Nv04 Overlay</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“colorkey”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0x01ffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“brightness”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1024</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="7" valign="top" >Display</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“dithering mode”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "auto", "off", "on" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“dithering depth”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "auto", "off", "on", "static 2x2", "dynamic 2x2", "temporal" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“underscan”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "auto", "6 bpc", "8 bpc" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“underscan hborder”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=128</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“underscan vborder”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=128</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“vibrant hue”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=180</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“color vibrance”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=200</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >omap</td>
+	<td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“rotation”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >BITMASK</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" },
+	{ 1, "rotate-90" },
+	{ 2, "rotate-180" },
+	{ 3, "rotate-270" },
+	{ 4, "reflect-x" },
+	{ 5, "reflect-y" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >“zorder”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=3</td>
+	<td valign="top" >CRTC, Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >qxl</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“hotplug_mode_update"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="10" valign="top" >radeon</td>
+	<td valign="top" >DVI-I</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“coherent”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >DAC enable load detect</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“load detection”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=1</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >TV Standard</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"tv standard"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "ntsc", "pal", "pal-m", "pal-60", "ntsc-j"
+	, "scart-pal", "pal-cn", "secam" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >legacy TMDS PLL detect</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"tmds_pll"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "driver", "bios" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >-</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Underscan</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"underscan"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "off", "on", "auto" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"underscan hborder"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=128</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"underscan vborder"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=128</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Audio</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“audio”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "off", "on", "auto" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >FMT Dithering</td>
+	<td valign="top" >“dither”</td>
+	<td valign="top" >ENUM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >{ "off", "on" }</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Connector</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard name as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard type as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard value as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Standard Object as in DRM</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >rcar-du</td>
+	<td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Generic</td>
+	<td valign="top" >"alpha"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=255</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"colorkey"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0x01ffffff</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	<tr>
+	<td valign="top" >"zpos"</td>
+	<td valign="top" >RANGE</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Min=1, Max=7</td>
+	<td valign="top" >Plane</td>
+	<td valign="top" >TBD</td>
+	</tr>
+	</tbody>
+	</table>
+    </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
   <!-- Internals: vertical blanking -->
@@ -2527,6 +3418,10 @@ void (*disable_vblank) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc);</synopsis>
       with a call to <function>drm_vblank_cleanup</function> in the driver
       <methodname>unload</methodname> operation handler.
     </para>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Vertical Blanking and Interrupt Handling Functions Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_irq.c
+    </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
   <!-- Internals: open/close, file operations and ioctls -->
@@ -2869,17 +3764,16 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
             <term>DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL</term>
             <listitem>
               <para>
-                This should be called by application level drivers before and
-                after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical blank
-                counter is reset at that time.  Internally, the DRM snapshots
-                the last vblank count when the ioctl is called with the
-                _DRM_PRE_MODESET command, so that the counter won't go backwards
-                (which is dealt with when _DRM_POST_MODESET is used).
+		This was only used for user-mode-settind drivers around
+		modesetting changes to allow the kernel to update the vblank
+		interrupt after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical
+		blank counter is reset to 0 at some point during modeset. Modern
+		drivers should not call this any more since with kernel mode
+		setting it is a no-op.
               </para>
             </listitem>
           </varlistentry>
         </variablelist>
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c-->
       </para>
     </sect1>
 
@@ -2942,6 +3836,96 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
 	  probing, so those sections fully apply.
         </para>
       </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>DPIO</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO
+	<table id="dpiox2">
+	  <title>Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV)</title>
+	  <tgroup cols="8">
+	    <colspec colname="c0" />
+	    <colspec colname="c1" />
+	    <colspec colname="c2" />
+	    <colspec colname="c3" />
+	    <colspec colname="c4" />
+	    <colspec colname="c5" />
+	    <colspec colname="c6" />
+	    <colspec colname="c7" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0" namest="c0" nameend="c3" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch1" namest="c4" nameend="c7" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0pcs01" namest="c0" nameend="c1" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0pcs23" namest="c2" nameend="c3" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch1pcs01" namest="c4" nameend="c5" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch1pcs23" namest="c6" nameend="c7" />
+	    <thead>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">CH0</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch1">CH1</entry>
+	      </row>
+	    </thead>
+	    <tbody valign="top" align="center">
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">CMN/PLL/REF</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch1">CMN/PLL/REF</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0pcs01">PCS01</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch0pcs23">PCS23</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch1pcs01">PCS01</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch1pcs23">PCS23</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry>TX0</entry>
+		<entry>TX1</entry>
+		<entry>TX2</entry>
+		<entry>TX3</entry>
+		<entry>TX0</entry>
+		<entry>TX1</entry>
+		<entry>TX2</entry>
+		<entry>TX3</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">DDI0</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch1">DDI1</entry>
+	      </row>
+	    </tbody>
+	  </tgroup>
+	</table>
+	<table id="dpiox1">
+	  <title>Single channel PHY (CHV)</title>
+	  <tgroup cols="4">
+	    <colspec colname="c0" />
+	    <colspec colname="c1" />
+	    <colspec colname="c2" />
+	    <colspec colname="c3" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0" namest="c0" nameend="c3" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0pcs01" namest="c0" nameend="c1" />
+	    <spanspec spanname="ch0pcs23" namest="c2" nameend="c3" />
+	    <thead>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">CH0</entry>
+	      </row>
+	    </thead>
+	    <tbody valign="top" align="center">
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">CMN/PLL/REF</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0pcs01">PCS01</entry>
+		<entry spanname="ch0pcs23">PCS23</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry>TX0</entry>
+		<entry>TX1</entry>
+		<entry>TX2</entry>
+		<entry>TX3</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="ch0">DDI2</entry>
+	      </row>
+	    </tbody>
+	  </tgroup>
+	</table>
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
 
     <sect1>
@@ -2950,6 +3934,11 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
 	This sections covers all things related to the GEM implementation in the
 	i915 driver.
       </para>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Batchbuffer Parsing</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_cmd_parser.c batch buffer command parser
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_cmd_parser.c
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
   </chapter>
 </part>

Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 !Efs/mpage.c
 !Efs/namei.c
 !Efs/buffer.c
-!Efs/bio.c
+!Eblock/bio.c
 !Efs/seq_file.c
 !Efs/filesystems.c
 !Efs/fs-writeback.c

Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl

@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ hardware level details could be very different.
 
 <para>Systems need specialized hardware support to implement OTG,
 notably including a special <emphasis>Mini-AB</emphasis> jack
-and associated transciever to support <emphasis>Dual-Role</emphasis>
+and associated transceiver to support <emphasis>Dual-Role</emphasis>
 operation:
 they can act either as a host, using the standard
 Linux-USB host side driver stack,

Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl

@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
 	<para>
 	Each interrupt is described by an interrupt descriptor structure
 	irq_desc. The interrupt is referenced by an 'unsigned int' numeric
-	value which selects the corresponding interrupt decription structure
+	value which selects the corresponding interrupt description structure
 	in the descriptor structures array.
 	The descriptor structure contains status information and pointers
 	to the interrupt flow method and the interrupt chip structure
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi)
      <para>
        To avoid copies of identical implementations of IRQ chips the
        core provides a configurable generic interrupt chip
-       implementation. Developers should check carefuly whether the
+       implementation. Developers should check carefully whether the
        generic chip fits their needs before implementing the same
        functionality slightly differently themselves.
      </para>

Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl

@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ as it would be on UP.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-There is a furthur optimization possible here: remember our original
+There is a further optimization possible here: remember our original
 cache code, where there were no reference counts and the caller simply
 held the lock whenever using the object?  This is still possible: if
 you hold the lock, no one can delete the object, so you don't need to

Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
 
 	<listitem>
 	<para>
-	ATA_QCFLAG_ACTIVE is clared from qc->flags.
+	ATA_QCFLAG_ACTIVE is cleared from qc->flags.
 	</para>
 	</listitem>
 
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
 
 	   <listitem>
 	   <para>
-	   qc->waiting is claread &amp; completed (in that order).
+	   qc->waiting is cleared &amp; completed (in that order).
 	   </para>
 	   </listitem>
 
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
 
 	<para>
 	Once sense data is acquired, this type of errors can be
-	handled similary to other SCSI errors.  Note that sense data
+	handled similarly to other SCSI errors.  Note that sense data
 	may indicate ATA bus error (e.g. Sense Key 04h HARDWARE ERROR
 	&amp;&amp; ASC/ASCQ 47h/00h SCSI PARITY ERROR).  In such
 	cases, the error should be considered as an ATA bus error and

Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile

@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/%: $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/%.b64
 
 $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml: $(OBJIMGFILES)
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
-	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
-	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/dvb/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
+	@(ln -sf `cd $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) && /bin/pwd`/v4l/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
+	@(ln -sf `cd $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) && /bin/pwd`/dvb/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
 
 $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the
 <structfield>m.offset</structfield> and <structfield>length</structfield>
 returned in a &v4l2-buffer; are passed as sixth and second parameter to the
 <function>mmap()</function> function. When using the multi-planar API,
-struct &v4l2-buffer; contains an array of &v4l2-plane; structures, each
+&v4l2-buffer; contains an array of &v4l2-plane; structures, each
 containing its own <structfield>m.offset</structfield> and
 <structfield>length</structfield>. When using the multi-planar API, every
 plane of every buffer has to be mapped separately, so the number of
@@ -699,7 +699,12 @@ linkend="v4l2-buf-type" /></entry>
 buffer. It depends on the negotiated data format and may change with
 each buffer for compressed variable size data like JPEG images.
 Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
-refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.</entry>
+refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.
+If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then
+<structfield>bytesused</structfield> will be set to the size of the
+buffer (see the <structfield>length</structfield> field of this struct) by
+the driver. For multiplanar formats this field is ignored and the
+<structfield>planes</structfield> pointer is used instead.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -861,7 +866,11 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>The number of bytes occupied by data in the plane
 	      (its payload). Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
-	      refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.</entry>
+	      refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.
+	      If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then
+	      <structfield>bytesused</structfield> will be set to the size of the
+	      plane (see the <structfield>length</structfield> field of this struct)
+	      by the driver.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml

@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@
 	    <entry>Entity id, set by the application.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
+	    <entry>&media-pad-desc;</entry>
 	    <entry>*<structfield>pads</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Pointer to a pads array allocated by the application. Ignored
 	    if NULL.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry>struct &media-link-desc;</entry>
+	    <entry>&media-link-desc;</entry>
 	    <entry>*<structfield>links</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Pointer to a links array allocated by the application. Ignored
 	    if NULL.</entry>
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@
         &cs-str;
 	<tbody valign="top">
 	  <row>
-	    <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
+	    <entry>&media-pad-desc;</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>source</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Pad at the origin of this link.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
+	    <entry>&media-pad-desc;</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>sink</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Pad at the target of this link.</entry>
 	  </row>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml

@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see
 	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H264-MVC">
 		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_MVC</constant></entry>
-		<entry>'MVC'</entry>
+		<entry>'M264'</entry>
 		<entry>H264 MVC video elementary stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H263">
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see
 	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-VP8">
 		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP8</constant></entry>
-		<entry>'VP8'</entry>
+		<entry>'VP80'</entry>
 		<entry>VP8 video elementary stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml

@@ -1898,6 +1898,134 @@
 	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY10-2X10">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY10_2X10</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2018</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY10-2X10">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY10_2X10</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2019</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-22;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV10-2X10">
 	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_2X10</entry>
 	      <entry>0x200b</entry>
@@ -2308,6 +2436,110 @@
 	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY10-1X20">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY10_1X20</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201a</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-12;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-12;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY10-1X20">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY10_1X20</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201b</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-12;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-12;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV10-1X20">
 	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20</entry>
 	      <entry>0x200d</entry>
@@ -2486,6 +2718,534 @@
 	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201c</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201d</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201e</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201f</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY12-1X24">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2020</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY12-1X24">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY12_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2021</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV12-1X24">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV12_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2022</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU12-1X24">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU12_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2023</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	  </tbody>
 	</tgroup>
       </table>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml

@@ -242,6 +242,22 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
+    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-src-change">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_src_change</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>changes</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="src-changes-flags" />.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags">
       <title>Changes</title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -270,6 +286,23 @@
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="src-changes-flags">
+      <title>Source Changes</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-def;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SRC_CH_RESOLUTION</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x0001</entry>
+	    <entry>This event gets triggered when a resolution change is
+	    detected at an input. This can come from an input connector or
+	    from a video decoder.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
   </refsect1>
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml

@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
 <refentry id="vidioc-dv-timings-cap">
   <refmeta>
-    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refentrytitle>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refentrytitle>
     &manvol;
   </refmeta>
 
   <refnamediv>
     <refname>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refname>
     <refpurpose>The capabilities of the Digital Video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose>
   </refnamediv>
 
@@ -33,7 +34,7 @@
       <varlistentry>
 	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</para>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
@@ -54,10 +55,19 @@
       interface and may change in the future.</para>
     </note>
 
-    <para>To query the capabilities of the DV receiver/transmitter applications can call
-this ioctl and the driver will fill in the structure. Note that drivers may return
+    <para>To query the capabilities of the DV receiver/transmitter applications
+can call the <constant>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</constant> ioctl on a video node
+and the driver will fill in the structure. Note that drivers may return
 different values after switching the video input or output.</para>
 
+    <para>When implemented by the driver DV capabilities of subdevices can be
+queried by calling the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</constant> ioctl
+directly on a subdevice node. The capabilities are specific to inputs (for DV
+receivers) or outputs (for DV transmitters), applications must specify the
+desired pad number in the &v4l2-dv-timings-cap; <structfield>pad</structfield>
+field. Attempts to query capabilities on a pad that doesn't support them will
+return an &EINVAL;.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings-cap">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings_cap</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -127,7 +137,14 @@ different values after switching the video input or output.</para>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API. This field
+	    is only used when operating on a subdevice node. When operating on a
+	    video node applications must set this field to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml

@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
 <refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-timings">
   <refmeta>
-    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
     &manvol;
   </refmeta>
 
   <refnamediv>
     <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
     <refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video timings</refpurpose>
   </refnamediv>
 
@@ -33,7 +34,7 @@
       <varlistentry>
 	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</para>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
@@ -61,14 +62,21 @@ standards or even custom timings that are not in this list.</para>
 
     <para>To query the available timings, applications initialize the
 <structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-enum-dv-timings;
-and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
-structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl on a video node with a
+pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
 &EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all supported DV timings,
 applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
 driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Note that drivers may enumerate a
 different set of DV timings after switching the video input or
 output.</para>
 
+    <para>When implemented by the driver DV timings of subdevices can be queried
+by calling the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl directly
+on a subdevice node. The DV timings are specific to inputs (for DV receivers) or
+outputs (for DV transmitters), applications must specify the desired pad number
+in the &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; <structfield>pad</structfield> field. Attempts to
+enumerate timings on a pad that doesn't support them will return an &EINVAL;.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-enum-dv-timings">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_enum_dv_timings</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -82,8 +90,16 @@ application.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
-	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API. This field
+	    is only used when operating on a subdevice node. When operating on a
+	    video node applications must set this field to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must
+	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>&v4l2-dv-timings;</entry>
@@ -103,7 +119,7 @@ application.</entry>
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; <structfield>index</structfield>
-is out of bounds.</para>
+is out of bounds or the <structfield>pad</structfield> number is invalid.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>

Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml

@@ -154,6 +154,26 @@
 	      frame interval in between them.</para>
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>5</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is
+	       detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a
+	       runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the
+	       format change happening on an input connector.
+	       This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
+	       matches the input index (when used with a video device node)
+	       or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which
+	       you want to receive events.</para>
+
+              <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated
+	      with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes
+	      what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events
+	      occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes
+	      will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x08000000</entry>

Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl

@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 		several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API,
 		in fact it covers several different video standards including
 		DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
-		to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
+		to document support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
 	<para>The third part covers the Remote Controller API.</para>
 	<para>The fourth part covers the Media Controller API.</para>
 	<para>For additional information and for the latest development code,

Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 		<listitem><para>
 	  	[MTD Interface]</para><para>
 		These functions provide the interface to the MTD kernel API. 
-		They are not replacable and provide functionality
+		They are not replaceable and provide functionality
 		which is complete hardware independent.
 		</para></listitem>
 		<listitem><para>
@@ -100,14 +100,14 @@
 		</para></listitem>
 		<listitem><para>
 	  	[GENERIC]</para><para>
-		Generic functions are not replacable and provide functionality
+		Generic functions are not replaceable and provide functionality
 		which is complete hardware independent.
 		</para></listitem>
 		<listitem><para>
 	  	[DEFAULT]</para><para>
 		Default functions provide hardware related functionality which is suitable
 		for most of the implementations. These functions can be replaced by the
-		board driver if neccecary. Those functions are called via pointers in the
+		board driver if necessary. Those functions are called via pointers in the
 		NAND chip description structure. The board driver can set the functions which
 		should be replaced by board dependent functions before calling nand_scan().
 		If the function pointer is NULL on entry to nand_scan() then the pointer
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ static void board_hwcontrol(struct mtd_info *mtd, int cmd)
 			is set up nand_scan() is called. This function tries to
 			detect and identify then chip. If a chip is found all the
 			internal data fields are initialized accordingly.
-			The structure(s) have to be zeroed out first and then filled with the neccecary 
+			The structure(s) have to be zeroed out first and then filled with the necessary
 			information about the device.
 		</para>
 		<programlisting>
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ module_init(board_init);
 	<sect1 id="Exit_function">
 		<title>Exit function</title>
 		<para>
-			The exit function is only neccecary if the driver is
+			The exit function is only necessary if the driver is
 			compiled as a module. It releases all resources which
 			are held by the chip driver and unregisters the partitions
 			in the MTD layer.
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 				in this case. See rts_from4.c and diskonchip.c for 
 				implementation reference. In those cases we must also
 				use bad block tables on FLASH, because the ECC layout is
-				interferring with the bad block marker positions.
+				interfering with the bad block marker positions.
 				See bad block table support for details.
 			</para>
 		</sect2>
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 		<para>	
 			nand_scan() calls the function nand_default_bbt(). 
 			nand_default_bbt() selects appropriate default
-			bad block table desriptors depending on the chip information
+			bad block table descriptors depending on the chip information
 			which was retrieved by nand_scan().
 		</para>
 		<para>
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 		<sect2 id="Flash_based_tables">
 			<title>Flash based tables</title>
 			<para>
-				It may be desired or neccecary to keep a bad block table in FLASH. 
+				It may be desired or necessary to keep a bad block table in FLASH.
 				For AG-AND chips this is mandatory, as they have no factory marked
 				bad blocks. They have factory marked good blocks. The marker pattern
 				is erased when the block is erased to be reused. So in case of
@@ -565,10 +565,10 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 				of the blocks.
 			</para>
 			<para>
-				The blocks in which the tables are stored are procteted against
+				The blocks in which the tables are stored are protected against
 				accidental access by marking them bad in the memory bad block
 				table. The bad block table management functions are allowed
-				to circumvernt this protection.
+				to circumvent this protection.
 			</para>
 			<para>
 				The simplest way to activate the FLASH based bad block table support 
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 				User defined tables are created by filling out a 
 				nand_bbt_descr structure and storing the pointer in the
 				nand_chip structure member bbt_td before calling nand_scan(). 
-				If a mirror table is neccecary a second structure must be
+				If a mirror table is necessary a second structure must be
 				created and a pointer to this structure must be stored
 				in bbt_md inside the nand_chip structure. If the bbt_md 
 				member is set to NULL then only the main table is used
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
 				<para>
 				For automatic placement some blocks must be reserved for
 				bad block table storage. The number of reserved blocks is defined 
-				in the maxblocks member of the babd block table description structure.
+				in the maxblocks member of the bad block table description structure.
 				Reserving 4 blocks for mirrored tables should be a reasonable number. 
 				This also limits the number of blocks which are scanned for the bad
 				block table ident pattern.
@@ -1068,11 +1068,11 @@ in this page</entry>
   <chapter id="filesystems">
      	<title>Filesystem support</title>
 	<para>
-		The NAND driver provides all neccecary functions for a
+		The NAND driver provides all necessary functions for a
 		filesystem via the MTD interface.
 	</para>
 	<para>
-		Filesystems must be aware of the NAND pecularities and
+		Filesystems must be aware of the NAND peculiarities and
 		restrictions. One major restrictions of NAND Flash is, that you cannot 
 		write as often as you want to a page. The consecutive writes to a page, 
 		before erasing it again, are restricted to 1-3 writes, depending on the 
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ in this page</entry>
 #define NAND_BBT_VERSION	0x00000100
 /* Create a bbt if none axists */
 #define NAND_BBT_CREATE		0x00000200
-/* Write bbt if neccecary */
+/* Write bbt if necessary */
 #define NAND_BBT_WRITE		0x00001000
 /* Read and write back block contents when writing bbt */
 #define NAND_BBT_SAVECONTENT	0x00002000

Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
        release regulators.  Functions are
        provided to <link linkend='API-regulator-enable'>enable</link>
        and <link linkend='API-regulator-disable'>disable</link> the
-       reguator and to get and set the runtime parameters of the
+       regulator and to get and set the runtime parameters of the
        regulator.
      </para>
      <para>

Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl

@@ -766,10 +766,10 @@ framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone.
 	<para>
 	The dynamic memory regions will be allocated when the UIO device file,
 	<varname>/dev/uioX</varname> is opened.
-	Simiar to static memory resources, the memory region information for
+	Similar to static memory resources, the memory region information for
 	dynamic regions is then visible via sysfs at
 	<varname>/sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/mapY/*</varname>.
-	The dynmaic memory regions will be freed when the UIO device file is
+	The dynamic memory regions will be freed when the UIO device file is
 	closed. When no processes are holding the device file open, the address
 	returned to userspace is ~0.
 	</para>

Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl

@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 	<listitem><para>The Linux USB API supports synchronous calls for
 	control and bulk messages.
-	It also supports asynchnous calls for all kinds of data transfer,
+	It also supports asynchronous calls for all kinds of data transfer,
 	using request structures called "URBs" (USB Request Blocks).
 	</para></listitem>
 

Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl

@@ -5696,7 +5696,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 	suspending the PCM operations via
 	<function>snd_pcm_suspend_all()</function> or
 	<function>snd_pcm_suspend()</function>.  It means that the PCM
-	streams are already stoppped when the register snapshot is
+	streams are already stopped when the register snapshot is
 	taken.  But, remember that you don't have to restart the PCM
 	stream in the resume callback. It'll be restarted via 
 	trigger call with <constant>SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME</constant>

Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl

@@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Writing-MUSB-Glue-Layer">
+ <bookinfo>
+  <title>Writing an MUSB Glue Layer</title>
+
+  <authorgroup>
+   <author>
+    <firstname>Apelete</firstname>
+    <surname>Seketeli</surname>
+    <affiliation>
+     <address>
+      <email>apelete at seketeli.net</email>
+     </address>
+    </affiliation>
+   </author>
+  </authorgroup>
+
+  <copyright>
+   <year>2014</year>
+   <holder>Apelete Seketeli</holder>
+  </copyright>
+
+  <legalnotice>
+   <para>
+     This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it
+     and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
+     useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+     warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+     See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+     along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free Software
+     Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+     02111-1307 USA
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     For more details see the file COPYING in the Linux kernel source
+     tree.
+   </para>
+  </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <chapter id="introduction">
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>
+      The Linux MUSB subsystem is part of the larger Linux USB
+      subsystem. It provides support for embedded USB Device Controllers
+      (UDC) that do not use Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI)
+      or Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Instead, these embedded UDC rely on the USB On-the-Go (OTG)
+      specification which they implement at least partially. The silicon
+      reference design used in most cases is the Multipoint USB
+      Highspeed Dual-Role Controller (MUSB HDRC) found in the Mentor
+      Graphics Inventra™ design.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      As a self-taught exercise I have written an MUSB glue layer for
+      the Ingenic JZ4740 SoC, modelled after the many MUSB glue layers
+      in the kernel source tree. This layer can be found at
+      drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c. In this documentation I will walk
+      through the basics of the jz4740.c glue layer, explaining the
+      different pieces and what needs to be done in order to write your
+      own device glue layer.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="linux-musb-basics">
+    <title>Linux MUSB Basics</title>
+    <para>
+      To get started on the topic, please read USB On-the-Go Basics (see
+      Resources) which provides an introduction of USB OTG operation at
+      the hardware level. A couple of wiki pages by Texas Instruments
+      and Analog Devices also provide an overview of the Linux kernel
+      MUSB configuration, albeit focused on some specific devices
+      provided by these companies. Finally, getting acquainted with the
+      USB specification at USB home page may come in handy, with
+      practical instance provided through the Writing USB Device Drivers
+      documentation (again, see Resources).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Linux USB stack is a layered architecture in which the MUSB
+      controller hardware sits at the lowest. The MUSB controller driver
+      abstract the MUSB controller hardware to the Linux USB stack.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting>
+      ------------------------
+      |                      | &lt;------- drivers/usb/gadget
+      | Linux USB Core Stack | &lt;------- drivers/usb/host
+      |                      | &lt;------- drivers/usb/core
+      ------------------------
+                 ⬍
+     --------------------------
+     |                        | &lt;------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_gadget.c
+     | MUSB Controller driver | &lt;------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_host.c
+     |                        | &lt;------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_core.c
+     --------------------------
+                 ⬍
+  ---------------------------------
+  | MUSB Platform Specific Driver |
+  |                               | &lt;-- drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c
+  |       aka &quot;Glue Layer&quot;        |
+  ---------------------------------
+                 ⬍
+  ---------------------------------
+  |   MUSB Controller Hardware    |
+  ---------------------------------
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      As outlined above, the glue layer is actually the platform
+      specific code sitting in between the controller driver and the
+      controller hardware.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Just like a Linux USB driver needs to register itself with the
+      Linux USB subsystem, the MUSB glue layer needs first to register
+      itself with the MUSB controller driver. This will allow the
+      controller driver to know about which device the glue layer
+      supports and which functions to call when a supported device is
+      detected or released; remember we are talking about an embedded
+      controller chip here, so no insertion or removal at run-time.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      All of this information is passed to the MUSB controller driver
+      through a platform_driver structure defined in the glue layer as:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static struct platform_driver jz4740_driver = {
+	.probe		= jz4740_probe,
+	.remove		= jz4740_remove,
+	.driver		= {
+		.name	= "musb-jz4740",
+	},
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The probe and remove function pointers are called when a matching
+      device is detected and, respectively, released. The name string
+      describes the device supported by this glue layer. In the current
+      case it matches a platform_device structure declared in
+      arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. Note that we are not using device
+      tree bindings here.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      In order to register itself to the controller driver, the glue
+      layer goes through a few steps, basically allocating the
+      controller hardware resources and initialising a couple of
+      circuits. To do so, it needs to keep track of the information used
+      throughout these steps. This is done by defining a private
+      jz4740_glue structure:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+struct jz4740_glue {
+	struct device           *dev;
+	struct platform_device  *musb;
+	struct clk		*clk;
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The dev and musb members are both device structure variables. The
+      first one holds generic information about the device, since it's
+      the basic device structure, and the latter holds information more
+      closely related to the subsystem the device is registered to. The
+      clk variable keeps information related to the device clock
+      operation.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Let's go through the steps of the probe function that leads the
+      glue layer to register itself to the controller driver.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      N.B.: For the sake of readability each function will be split in
+      logical parts, each part being shown as if it was independent from
+      the others.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+	struct platform_device		*musb;
+	struct jz4740_glue		*glue;
+	struct clk                      *clk;
+	int				ret;
+
+	glue = devm_kzalloc(&amp;pdev->dev, sizeof(*glue), GFP_KERNEL);
+	if (!glue)
+		return -ENOMEM;
+
+	musb = platform_device_alloc("musb-hdrc", PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO);
+	if (!musb) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to allocate musb device\n");
+		return -ENOMEM;
+	}
+
+	clk = devm_clk_get(&amp;pdev->dev, "udc");
+	if (IS_ERR(clk)) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to get clock\n");
+		ret = PTR_ERR(clk);
+		goto err_platform_device_put;
+	}
+
+	ret = clk_prepare_enable(clk);
+	if (ret) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to enable clock\n");
+		goto err_platform_device_put;
+	}
+
+	musb->dev.parent		= &amp;pdev->dev;
+
+	glue->dev			= &amp;pdev->dev;
+	glue->musb			= musb;
+	glue->clk			= clk;
+
+	return 0;
+
+err_platform_device_put:
+	platform_device_put(musb);
+	return ret;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The first few lines of the probe function allocate and assign the
+      glue, musb and clk variables. The GFP_KERNEL flag (line 8) allows
+      the allocation process to sleep and wait for memory, thus being
+      usable in a blocking situation. The PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO flag (line
+      12) allows automatic allocation and management of device IDs in
+      order to avoid device namespace collisions with explicit IDs. With
+      devm_clk_get() (line 18) the glue layer allocates the clock -- the
+      <literal>devm_</literal> prefix indicates that clk_get() is
+      managed: it automatically frees the allocated clock resource data
+      when the device is released -- and enable it.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Then comes the registration steps:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+	struct musb_hdrc_platform_data	*pdata = &amp;jz4740_musb_platform_data;
+
+	pdata->platform_ops		= &amp;jz4740_musb_ops;
+
+	platform_set_drvdata(pdev, glue);
+
+	ret = platform_device_add_resources(musb, pdev->resource,
+					    pdev->num_resources);
+	if (ret) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to add resources\n");
+		goto err_clk_disable;
+	}
+
+	ret = platform_device_add_data(musb, pdata, sizeof(*pdata));
+	if (ret) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to add platform_data\n");
+		goto err_clk_disable;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+
+err_clk_disable:
+	clk_disable_unprepare(clk);
+err_platform_device_put:
+	platform_device_put(musb);
+	return ret;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The first step is to pass the device data privately held by the
+      glue layer on to the controller driver through
+      platform_set_drvdata() (line 7). Next is passing on the device
+      resources information, also privately held at that point, through
+      platform_device_add_resources() (line 9).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Finally comes passing on the platform specific data to the
+      controller driver (line 16). Platform data will be discussed in
+      <link linkend="device-platform-data">Chapter 4</link>, but here
+      we are looking at the platform_ops function pointer (line 5) in
+      musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line 3).  This function
+      pointer allows the MUSB controller driver to know which function
+      to call for device operation:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static const struct musb_platform_ops jz4740_musb_ops = {
+	.init		= jz4740_musb_init,
+	.exit		= jz4740_musb_exit,
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Here we have the minimal case where only init and exit functions
+      are called by the controller driver when needed. Fact is the
+      JZ4740 MUSB controller is a basic controller, lacking some
+      features found in other controllers, otherwise we may also have
+      pointers to a few other functions like a power management function
+      or a function to switch between OTG and non-OTG modes, for
+      instance.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      At that point of the registration process, the controller driver
+      actually calls the init function:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb)
+{
+	musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2);
+	if (!musb->xceiv) {
+		pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n");
+		return -ENODEV;
+	}
+
+	/* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register.
+	 * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware.
+	 */
+	musb->dyn_fifo = true;
+
+	musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The goal of jz4740_musb_init() is to get hold of the transceiver
+      driver data of the MUSB controller hardware and pass it on to the
+      MUSB controller driver, as usual. The transceiver is the circuitry
+      inside the controller hardware responsible for sending/receiving
+      the USB data. Since it is an implementation of the physical layer
+      of the OSI model, the transceiver is also referred to as PHY.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Getting hold of the MUSB PHY driver data is done with
+      usb_get_phy() which returns a pointer to the structure
+      containing the driver instance data. The next couple of
+      instructions (line 12 and 14) are used as a quirk and to setup
+      IRQ handling respectively. Quirks and IRQ handling will be
+      discussed later in <link linkend="device-quirks">Chapter
+      5</link> and <link linkend="handling-irqs">Chapter 3</link>.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_musb_exit(struct musb *musb)
+{
+	usb_put_phy(musb->xceiv);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Acting as the counterpart of init, the exit function releases the
+      MUSB PHY driver when the controller hardware itself is about to be
+      released.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Again, note that init and exit are fairly simple in this case due
+      to the basic set of features of the JZ4740 controller hardware.
+      When writing an musb glue layer for a more complex controller
+      hardware, you might need to take care of more processing in those
+      two functions.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Returning from the init function, the MUSB controller driver jumps
+      back into the probe function:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+	ret = platform_device_add(musb);
+	if (ret) {
+		dev_err(&amp;pdev->dev, "failed to register musb device\n");
+		goto err_clk_disable;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+
+err_clk_disable:
+	clk_disable_unprepare(clk);
+err_platform_device_put:
+	platform_device_put(musb);
+	return ret;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      This is the last part of the device registration process where the
+      glue layer adds the controller hardware device to Linux kernel
+      device hierarchy: at this stage, all known information about the
+      device is passed on to the Linux USB core stack.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_remove(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+	struct jz4740_glue	*glue = platform_get_drvdata(pdev);
+
+	platform_device_unregister(glue->musb);
+	clk_disable_unprepare(glue->clk);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Acting as the counterpart of probe, the remove function unregister
+      the MUSB controller hardware (line 5) and disable the clock (line
+      6), allowing it to be gated.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="handling-irqs">
+    <title>Handling IRQs</title>
+    <para>
+      Additionally to the MUSB controller hardware basic setup and
+      registration, the glue layer is also responsible for handling the
+      IRQs:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci)
+{
+	unsigned long   flags;
+	irqreturn_t     retval = IRQ_NONE;
+	struct musb     *musb = __hci;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;musb->lock, flags);
+
+	musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB);
+	musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX);
+	musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX);
+
+	/*
+	 * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is
+	 * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will
+	 * never see them set
+	 */
+	musb->int_usb &amp;= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME |
+	    MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF;
+
+	if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx)
+		retval = musb_interrupt(musb);
+
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;musb->lock, flags);
+
+	return retval;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Here the glue layer mostly has to read the relevant hardware
+      registers and pass their values on to the controller driver which
+      will handle the actual event that triggered the IRQ.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The interrupt handler critical section is protected by the
+      spin_lock_irqsave() and counterpart spin_unlock_irqrestore()
+      functions (line 7 and 24 respectively), which prevent the
+      interrupt handler code to be run by two different threads at the
+      same time.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Then the relevant interrupt registers are read (line 9 to 11):
+    </para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>
+          MUSB_INTRUSB: indicates which USB interrupts are currently
+          active,
+        </para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>
+          MUSB_INTRTX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX
+          endpoints are currently active,
+        </para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>
+          MUSB_INTRRX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX
+          endpoints are currently active.
+        </para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>
+      Note that musb_readb() is used to read 8-bit registers at most,
+      while musb_readw() allows us to read at most 16-bit registers.
+      There are other functions that can be used depending on the size
+      of your device registers. See musb_io.h for more information.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Instruction on line 18 is another quirk specific to the JZ4740
+      USB device controller, which will be discussed later in <link
+      linkend="device-quirks">Chapter 5</link>.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The glue layer still needs to register the IRQ handler though.
+      Remember the instruction on line 14 of the init function:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb)
+{
+	musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      This instruction sets a pointer to the glue layer IRQ handler
+      function, in order for the controller hardware to call the handler
+      back when an IRQ comes from the controller hardware. The interrupt
+      handler is now implemented and registered.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="device-platform-data">
+    <title>Device Platform Data</title>
+    <para>
+      In order to write an MUSB glue layer, you need to have some data
+      describing the hardware capabilities of your controller hardware,
+      which is called the platform data.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Platform data is specific to your hardware, though it may cover a
+      broad range of devices, and is generally found somewhere in the
+      arch/ directory, depending on your device architecture.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      For instance, platform data for the JZ4740 SoC is found in
+      arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. In the platform.c file each device of
+      the JZ4740 SoC is described through a set of structures.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Here is the part of arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c that covers the
+      USB Device Controller (UDC):
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+/* USB Device Controller */
+struct platform_device jz4740_udc_xceiv_device = {
+	.name = "usb_phy_gen_xceiv",
+	.id   = 0,
+};
+
+static struct resource jz4740_udc_resources[] = {
+	[0] = {
+		.start = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR,
+		.end   = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR + 0x10000 - 1,
+		.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
+	},
+	[1] = {
+		.start = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC,
+		.end   = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC,
+		.flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ,
+		.name  = "mc",
+	},
+};
+
+struct platform_device jz4740_udc_device = {
+	.name = "musb-jz4740",
+	.id   = -1,
+	.dev  = {
+		.dma_mask          = &amp;jz4740_udc_device.dev.coherent_dma_mask,
+		.coherent_dma_mask = DMA_BIT_MASK(32),
+	},
+	.num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_udc_resources),
+	.resource      = jz4740_udc_resources,
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The jz4740_udc_xceiv_device platform device structure (line 2)
+      describes the UDC transceiver with a name and id number.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      At the time of this writing, note that
+      &quot;usb_phy_gen_xceiv&quot; is the specific name to be used for
+      all transceivers that are either built-in with reference USB IP or
+      autonomous and doesn't require any PHY programming. You will need
+      to set CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV=y in the kernel configuration to make
+      use of the corresponding transceiver driver. The id field could be
+      set to -1 (equivalent to PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE), -2 (equivalent to
+      PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO) or start with 0 for the first device of this
+      kind if we want a specific id number.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The jz4740_udc_resources resource structure (line 7) defines the
+      UDC registers base addresses.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The first array (line 9 to 11) defines the UDC registers base
+      memory addresses: start points to the first register memory
+      address, end points to the last register memory address and the
+      flags member defines the type of resource we are dealing with. So
+      IORESOURCE_MEM is used to define the registers memory addresses.
+      The second array (line 14 to 17) defines the UDC IRQ registers
+      addresses. Since there is only one IRQ register available for the
+      JZ4740 UDC, start and end point at the same address. The
+      IORESOURCE_IRQ flag tells that we are dealing with IRQ resources,
+      and the name &quot;mc&quot; is in fact hard-coded in the MUSB core
+      in order for the controller driver to retrieve this IRQ resource
+      by querying it by its name.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Finally, the jz4740_udc_device platform device structure (line 21)
+      describes the UDC itself.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The &quot;musb-jz4740&quot; name (line 22) defines the MUSB
+      driver that is used for this device; remember this is in fact
+      the name that we used in the jz4740_driver platform driver
+      structure in <link linkend="linux-musb-basics">Chapter
+      2</link>. The id field (line 23) is set to -1 (equivalent to
+      PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE) since we do not need an id for the device:
+      the MUSB controller driver was already set to allocate an
+      automatic id in <link linkend="linux-musb-basics">Chapter
+      2</link>. In the dev field we care for DMA related information
+      here. The dma_mask field (line 25) defines the width of the DMA
+      mask that is going to be used, and coherent_dma_mask (line 26)
+      has the same purpose but for the alloc_coherent DMA mappings: in
+      both cases we are using a 32 bits mask. Then the resource field
+      (line 29) is simply a pointer to the resource structure defined
+      before, while the num_resources field (line 28) keeps track of
+      the number of arrays defined in the resource structure (in this
+      case there were two resource arrays defined before).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      With this quick overview of the UDC platform data at the arch/
+      level now done, let's get back to the MUSB glue layer specific
+      platform data in drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static struct musb_hdrc_config jz4740_musb_config = {
+	/* Silicon does not implement USB OTG. */
+	.multipoint = 0,
+	/* Max EPs scanned, driver will decide which EP can be used. */
+	.num_eps    = 4,
+	/* RAMbits needed to configure EPs from table */
+	.ram_bits   = 9,
+	.fifo_cfg = jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg,
+	.fifo_cfg_size = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg),
+};
+
+static struct musb_hdrc_platform_data jz4740_musb_platform_data = {
+	.mode   = MUSB_PERIPHERAL,
+	.config = &amp;jz4740_musb_config,
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      First the glue layer configures some aspects of the controller
+      driver operation related to the controller hardware specifics.
+      This is done through the jz4740_musb_config musb_hdrc_config
+      structure.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Defining the OTG capability of the controller hardware, the
+      multipoint member (line 3) is set to 0 (equivalent to false)
+      since the JZ4740 UDC is not OTG compatible. Then num_eps (line
+      5) defines the number of USB endpoints of the controller
+      hardware, including endpoint 0: here we have 3 endpoints +
+      endpoint 0. Next is ram_bits (line 7) which is the width of the
+      RAM address bus for the MUSB controller hardware. This
+      information is needed when the controller driver cannot
+      automatically configure endpoints by reading the relevant
+      controller hardware registers. This issue will be discussed when
+      we get to device quirks in <link linkend="device-quirks">Chapter
+      5</link>. Last two fields (line 8 and 9) are also about device
+      quirks: fifo_cfg points to the USB endpoints configuration table
+      and fifo_cfg_size keeps track of the size of the number of
+      entries in that configuration table. More on that later in <link
+      linkend="device-quirks">Chapter 5</link>.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Then this configuration is embedded inside
+      jz4740_musb_platform_data musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line
+      11): config is a pointer to the configuration structure itself,
+      and mode tells the controller driver if the controller hardware
+      may be used as MUSB_HOST only, MUSB_PERIPHERAL only or MUSB_OTG
+      which is a dual mode.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Remember that jz4740_musb_platform_data is then used to convey
+      platform data information as we have seen in the probe function
+      in <link linkend="linux-musb-basics">Chapter 2</link>
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="device-quirks">
+    <title>Device Quirks</title>
+    <para>
+      Completing the platform data specific to your device, you may also
+      need to write some code in the glue layer to work around some
+      device specific limitations. These quirks may be due to some
+      hardware bugs, or simply be the result of an incomplete
+      implementation of the USB On-the-Go specification.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The JZ4740 UDC exhibits such quirks, some of which we will discuss
+      here for the sake of insight even though these might not be found
+      in the controller hardware you are working on.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Let's get back to the init function first:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb)
+{
+	musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2);
+	if (!musb->xceiv) {
+		pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n");
+		return -ENODEV;
+	}
+
+	/* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register.
+	 * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware.
+	 */
+	musb->dyn_fifo = true;
+
+	musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Instruction on line 12 helps the MUSB controller driver to work
+      around the fact that the controller hardware is missing registers
+      that are used for USB endpoints configuration.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Without these registers, the controller driver is unable to read
+      the endpoints configuration from the hardware, so we use line 12
+      instruction to bypass reading the configuration from silicon, and
+      rely on a hard-coded table that describes the endpoints
+      configuration instead:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static struct musb_fifo_cfg jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg[] = {
+{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 512, },
+{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_RX, .maxpacket = 512, },
+{ .hw_ep_num = 2, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 64, },
+};
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Looking at the configuration table above, we see that each
+      endpoints is described by three fields: hw_ep_num is the endpoint
+      number, style is its direction (either FIFO_TX for the controller
+      driver to send packets in the controller hardware, or FIFO_RX to
+      receive packets from hardware), and maxpacket defines the maximum
+      size of each data packet that can be transmitted over that
+      endpoint. Reading from the table, the controller driver knows that
+      endpoint 1 can be used to send and receive USB data packets of 512
+      bytes at once (this is in fact a bulk in/out endpoint), and
+      endpoint 2 can be used to send data packets of 64 bytes at once
+      (this is in fact an interrupt endpoint).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Note that there is no information about endpoint 0 here: that one
+      is implemented by default in every silicon design, with a
+      predefined configuration according to the USB specification. For
+      more examples of endpoint configuration tables, see musb_core.c.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Let's now get back to the interrupt handler function:
+    </para>
+    <programlisting linenumbering="numbered">
+static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci)
+{
+	unsigned long   flags;
+	irqreturn_t     retval = IRQ_NONE;
+	struct musb     *musb = __hci;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;musb->lock, flags);
+
+	musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB);
+	musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX);
+	musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX);
+
+	/*
+	 * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is
+	 * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will
+	 * never see them set
+	 */
+	musb->int_usb &amp;= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME |
+	    MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF;
+
+	if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx)
+		retval = musb_interrupt(musb);
+
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;musb->lock, flags);
+
+	return retval;
+}
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      Instruction on line 18 above is a way for the controller driver to
+      work around the fact that some interrupt bits used for USB host
+      mode operation are missing in the MUSB_INTRUSB register, thus left
+      in an undefined hardware state, since this MUSB controller
+      hardware is used in peripheral mode only. As a consequence, the
+      glue layer masks these missing bits out to avoid parasite
+      interrupts by doing a logical AND operation between the value read
+      from MUSB_INTRUSB and the bits that are actually implemented in
+      the register.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      These are only a couple of the quirks found in the JZ4740 USB
+      device controller. Some others were directly addressed in the MUSB
+      core since the fixes were generic enough to provide a better
+      handling of the issues for others controller hardware eventually.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="conclusion">
+    <title>Conclusion</title>
+    <para>
+      Writing a Linux MUSB glue layer should be a more accessible task,
+      as this documentation tries to show the ins and outs of this
+      exercise.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The JZ4740 USB device controller being fairly simple, I hope its
+      glue layer serves as a good example for the curious mind. Used
+      with the current MUSB glue layers, this documentation should
+      provide enough guidance to get started; should anything gets out
+      of hand, the linux-usb mailing list archive is another helpful
+      resource to browse through.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="acknowledgements">
+    <title>Acknowledgements</title>
+    <para>
+      Many thanks to Lars-Peter Clausen and Maarten ter Huurne for
+      answering my questions while I was writing the JZ4740 glue layer
+      and for helping me out getting the code in good shape.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      I would also like to thank the Qi-Hardware community at large for
+      its cheerful guidance and support.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="resources">
+    <title>Resources</title>
+    <para>
+      USB Home Page:
+      <ulink url="http://www.usb.org">http://www.usb.org</ulink>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      linux-usb Mailing List Archives:
+      <ulink url="http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb">http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb</ulink>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      USB On-the-Go Basics:
+      <ulink url="http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822">http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822</ulink>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Writing USB Device Drivers:
+      <ulink url="https://www.kernel.org/doc/htmldocs/writing_usb_driver/index.html">https://www.kernel.org/doc/htmldocs/writing_usb_driver/index.html</ulink>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Texas Instruments USB Configuration Wiki Page:
+      <ulink url="http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage">http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage</ulink>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Analog Devices Blackfin MUSB Configuration:
+      <ulink url="http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb">http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb</ulink>
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+</book>

Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux XGA"
-#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x08 /* Bit 3 -> 1024x768 @60 Hz */
+#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS 0x08 /* Bit 3 -> 1024x768 @60 Hz */
 #define HSYNC_POL 0
 #define VSYNC_POL 0
 #define CRC 0x55

Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux SXGA"
-#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */
+/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
 #define CRC 0xa0

Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux UXGA"
-#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */
+/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
 #define CRC 0x9d

Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #define DPI 96
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux WSXGA"
-#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */
+/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
 #define CRC 0x26

Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #define DPI 96
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux FHD"
-#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */
+/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
 #define CRC 0x05

Documentation/EDID/800x600.S

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+   800x600.S: EDID data set for standard 800x600 60 Hz monitor
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2014 Linaro Limited
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+   of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+*/
+
+/* EDID */
+#define VERSION 1
+#define REVISION 3
+
+/* Display */
+#define CLOCK 40000 /* kHz */
+#define XPIX 800
+#define YPIX 600
+#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_4_3
+#define XBLANK 256
+#define YBLANK 28
+#define XOFFSET 40
+#define XPULSE 128
+#define YOFFSET (63+1)
+#define YPULSE (63+4)
+#define DPI 72
+#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
+#define TIMING_NAME "Linux SVGA"
+#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS 0x01 /* Bit 0: 800x600 @ 60Hz */
+#define HSYNC_POL 1
+#define VSYNC_POL 1
+#define CRC 0xc2
+
+#include "edid.S"

Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ CONFIG_DRM_LOAD_EDID_FIRMWARE was introduced. It allows to provide an
 individually prepared or corrected EDID data set in the /lib/firmware
 directory from where it is loaded via the firmware interface. The code
 (see drivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid_load.c) contains built-in data sets for
-commonly used screen resolutions (1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200,
+commonly used screen resolutions (800x600, 1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200,
 1680x1050, 1920x1080) as binary blobs, but the kernel source tree does
 not contain code to create these data. In order to elucidate the origin
 of the built-in binary EDID blobs and to facilitate the creation of

Documentation/EDID/edid.S

@@ -33,6 +33,17 @@
 #define XY_RATIO_5_4	0b10
 #define XY_RATIO_16_9	0b11
 
+/* Provide defaults for the timing bits */
+#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS
+#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS 0x00
+#endif
+#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS
+#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS 0x00
+#endif
+#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS
+#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS 0x00
+#endif
+
 #define mfgname2id(v1,v2,v3) \
 	((((v1-'@')&0x1f)<<10)+(((v2-'@')&0x1f)<<5)+((v3-'@')&0x1f))
 #define swap16(v1) ((v1>>8)+((v1&0xff)<<8))
@@ -139,7 +150,7 @@ white_x_y_msb:	.byte	0x50,0x54
    Bit 2	640x480 @ 75 Hz
    Bit 1	800x600 @ 56 Hz
    Bit 0	800x600 @ 60 Hz */
-estbl_timing1:	.byte	0x00
+estbl_timing1:	.byte	ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS
 
 /* Bit 7	800x600 @ 72 Hz
    Bit 6	800x600 @ 75 Hz
@@ -149,11 +160,11 @@ estbl_timing1:	.byte	0x00
    Bit 2	1024x768 @ 72 Hz
    Bit 1	1024x768 @ 75 Hz
    Bit 0	1280x1024 @ 75 Hz */
-estbl_timing2:	.byte	ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS
+estbl_timing2:	.byte	ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS
 
 /* Bit 7	1152x870 @ 75 Hz (Apple Macintosh II)
    Bits 6-0 	Other manufacturer-specific display mod */
-estbl_timing3:	.byte	0x00
+estbl_timing3:	.byte	ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS
 
 /* Standard timing */
 /* X resolution, less 31, divided by 8 (256-2288 pixels) */

Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt

@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by
 calling one of the irq_domain_add_*() functions (each mapping method
 has a different allocator function, more on that later).  The function
 will return a pointer to the irq_domain on success.  The caller must
-provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure with
-the .map callback populated as a minimum.
+provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure.
 
 In most cases, the irq_domain will begin empty without any mappings
 between hwirq and IRQ numbers.  Mappings are added to the irq_domain

Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX

@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ lockdep-splat.txt
 	- RCU Lockdep splats explained.
 NMI-RCU.txt
 	- Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers
+rcu_dereference.txt
+	- Proper care and feeding of return values from rcu_dereference()
 rcubarrier.txt
 	- RCU and Unloadable Modules
 rculist_nulls.txt

Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt

@@ -114,12 +114,16 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 			http://www.openvms.compaq.com/wizard/wiz_2637.html
 
 		The rcu_dereference() primitive is also an excellent
-		documentation aid, letting the person reading the code
-		know exactly which pointers are protected by RCU.
+		documentation aid, letting the person reading the
+		code know exactly which pointers are protected by RCU.
 		Please note that compilers can also reorder code, and
 		they are becoming increasingly aggressive about doing
-		just that.  The rcu_dereference() primitive therefore
-		also prevents destructive compiler optimizations.
+		just that.  The rcu_dereference() primitive therefore also
+		prevents destructive compiler optimizations.  However,
+		with a bit of devious creativity, it is possible to
+		mishandle the return value from rcu_dereference().
+		Please see rcu_dereference.txt in this directory for
+		more information.
 
 		The rcu_dereference() primitive is used by the
 		various "_rcu()" list-traversal primitives, such

Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+PROPER CARE AND FEEDING OF RETURN VALUES FROM rcu_dereference()
+
+Most of the time, you can use values from rcu_dereference() or one of
+the similar primitives without worries.  Dereferencing (prefix "*"),
+field selection ("->"), assignment ("="), address-of ("&"), addition and
+subtraction of constants, and casts all work quite naturally and safely.
+
+It is nevertheless possible to get into trouble with other operations.
+Follow these rules to keep your RCU code working properly:
+
+o	You must use one of the rcu_dereference() family of primitives
+	to load an RCU-protected pointer, otherwise CONFIG_PROVE_RCU
+	will complain.  Worse yet, your code can see random memory-corruption
+	bugs due to games that compilers and DEC Alpha can play.
+	Without one of the rcu_dereference() primitives, compilers
+	can reload the value, and won't your code have fun with two
+	different values for a single pointer!  Without rcu_dereference(),
+	DEC Alpha can load a pointer, dereference that pointer, and
+	return data preceding initialization that preceded the store of
+	the pointer.
+
+	In addition, the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() prevents the
+	compiler from deducing the resulting pointer value.  Please see
+	the section entitled "EXAMPLE WHERE THE COMPILER KNOWS TOO MUCH"
+	for an example where the compiler can in fact deduce the exact
+	value of the pointer, and thus cause misordering.
+
+o	Do not use single-element RCU-protected arrays.  The compiler
+	is within its right to assume that the value of an index into
+	such an array must necessarily evaluate to zero.  The compiler
+	could then substitute the constant zero for the computation, so
+	that the array index no longer depended on the value returned
+	by rcu_dereference().  If the array index no longer depends
+	on rcu_dereference(), then both the compiler and the CPU
+	are within their rights to order the array access before the
+	rcu_dereference(), which can cause the array access to return
+	garbage.
+
+o	Avoid cancellation when using the "+" and "-" infix arithmetic
+	operators.  For example, for a given variable "x", avoid
+	"(x-x)".  There are similar arithmetic pitfalls from other
+	arithmetic operatiors, such as "(x*0)", "(x/(x+1))" or "(x%1)".
+	The compiler is within its rights to substitute zero for all of
+	these expressions, so that subsequent accesses no longer depend
+	on the rcu_dereference(), again possibly resulting in bugs due
+	to misordering.
+
+	Of course, if "p" is a pointer from rcu_dereference(), and "a"
+	and "b" are integers that happen to be equal, the expression
+	"p+a-b" is safe because its value still necessarily depends on
+	the rcu_dereference(), thus maintaining proper ordering.
+
+o	Avoid all-zero operands to the bitwise "&" operator, and
+	similarly avoid all-ones operands to the bitwise "|" operator.
+	If the compiler is able to deduce the value of such operands,
+	it is within its rights to substitute the corresponding constant
+	for the bitwise operation.  Once again, this causes subsequent
+	accesses to no longer depend on the rcu_dereference(), causing
+	bugs due to misordering.
+
+	Please note that single-bit operands to bitwise "&" can also
+	be dangerous.  At this point, the compiler knows that the
+	resulting value can only take on one of two possible values.
+	Therefore, a very small amount of additional information will
+	allow the compiler to deduce the exact value, which again can
+	result in misordering.
+
+o	If you are using RCU to protect JITed functions, so that the
+	"()" function-invocation operator is applied to a value obtained
+	(directly or indirectly) from rcu_dereference(), you may need to
+	interact directly with the hardware to flush instruction caches.
+	This issue arises on some systems when a newly JITed function is
+	using the same memory that was used by an earlier JITed function.
+
+o	Do not use the results from the boolean "&&" and "||" when
+	dereferencing.	For example, the following (rather improbable)
+	code is buggy:
+
+		int a[2];
+		int index;
+		int force_zero_index = 1;
+
+		...
+
+		r1 = rcu_dereference(i1)
+		r2 = a[r1 && force_zero_index];  /* BUGGY!!! */
+
+	The reason this is buggy is that "&&" and "||" are often compiled
+	using branches.  While weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC
+	do order stores after such branches, they can speculate loads,
+	which can result in misordering bugs.
+
+o	Do not use the results from relational operators ("==", "!=",
+	">", ">=", "<", or "<=") when dereferencing.  For example,
+	the following (quite strange) code is buggy:
+
+		int a[2];
+		int index;
+		int flip_index = 0;
+
+		...
+
+		r1 = rcu_dereference(i1)
+		r2 = a[r1 != flip_index];  /* BUGGY!!! */
+
+	As before, the reason this is buggy is that relational operators
+	are often compiled using branches.  And as before, although
+	weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC do order stores
+	after such branches, but can speculate loads, which can again
+	result in misordering bugs.
+
+o	Be very careful about comparing pointers obtained from
+	rcu_dereference() against non-NULL values.  As Linus Torvalds
+	explained, if the two pointers are equal, the compiler could
+	substitute the pointer you are comparing against for the pointer
+	obtained from rcu_dereference().  For example:
+
+		p = rcu_dereference(gp);
+		if (p == &default_struct)
+			do_default(p->a);
+
+	Because the compiler now knows that the value of "p" is exactly
+	the address of the variable "default_struct", it is free to
+	transform this code into the following:
+
+		p = rcu_dereference(gp);
+		if (p == &default_struct)
+			do_default(default_struct.a);
+
+	On ARM and Power hardware, the load from "default_struct.a"
+	can now be speculated, such that it might happen before the
+	rcu_dereference().  This could result in bugs due to misordering.
+
+	However, comparisons are OK in the following cases:
+
+	o	The comparison was against the NULL pointer.  If the
+		compiler knows that the pointer is NULL, you had better
+		not be dereferencing it anyway.  If the comparison is
+		non-equal, the compiler is none the wiser.  Therefore,
+		it is safe to compare pointers from rcu_dereference()
+		against NULL pointers.
+
+	o	The pointer is never dereferenced after being compared.
+		Since there are no subsequent dereferences, the compiler
+		cannot use anything it learned from the comparison
+		to reorder the non-existent subsequent dereferences.
+		This sort of comparison occurs frequently when scanning
+		RCU-protected circular linked lists.
+
+	o	The comparison is against a pointer that references memory
+		that was initialized "a long time ago."  The reason
+		this is safe is that even if misordering occurs, the
+		misordering will not affect the accesses that follow
+		the comparison.  So exactly how long ago is "a long
+		time ago"?  Here are some possibilities:
+
+		o	Compile time.
+
+		o	Boot time.
+
+		o	Module-init time for module code.
+
+		o	Prior to kthread creation for kthread code.
+
+		o	During some prior acquisition of the lock that
+			we now hold.
+
+		o	Before mod_timer() time for a timer handler.
+
+		There are many other possibilities involving the Linux
+		kernel's wide array of primitives that cause code to
+		be invoked at a later time.
+
+	o	The pointer being compared against also came from
+		rcu_dereference().  In this case, both pointers depend
+		on one rcu_dereference() or another, so you get proper
+		ordering either way.
+
+		That said, this situation can make certain RCU usage
+		bugs more likely to happen.  Which can be a good thing,
+		at least if they happen during testing.  An example
+		of such an RCU usage bug is shown in the section titled
+		"EXAMPLE OF AMPLIFIED RCU-USAGE BUG".
+
+	o	All of the accesses following the comparison are stores,
+		so that a control dependency preserves the needed ordering.
+		That said, it is easy to get control dependencies wrong.
+		Please see the "CONTROL DEPENDENCIES" section of
+		Documentation/memory-barriers.txt for more details.
+
+	o	The pointers are not equal -and- the compiler does
+		not have enough information to deduce the value of the
+		pointer.  Note that the volatile cast in rcu_dereference()
+		will normally prevent the compiler from knowing too much.
+
+o	Disable any value-speculation optimizations that your compiler
+	might provide, especially if you are making use of feedback-based
+	optimizations that take data collected from prior runs.  Such
+	value-speculation optimizations reorder operations by design.
+
+	There is one exception to this rule:  Value-speculation
+	optimizations that leverage the branch-prediction hardware are
+	safe on strongly ordered systems (such as x86), but not on weakly
+	ordered systems (such as ARM or Power).  Choose your compiler
+	command-line options wisely!
+
+
+EXAMPLE OF AMPLIFIED RCU-USAGE BUG
+
+Because updaters can run concurrently with RCU readers, RCU readers can
+see stale and/or inconsistent values.  If RCU readers need fresh or
+consistent values, which they sometimes do, they need to take proper
+precautions.  To see this, consider the following code fragment:
+
+	struct foo {
+		int a;
+		int b;
+		int c;
+	};
+	struct foo *gp1;
+	struct foo *gp2;
+
+	void updater(void)
+	{
+		struct foo *p;
+
+		p = kmalloc(...);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			deal_with_it();
+		p->a = 42;  /* Each field in its own cache line. */
+		p->b = 43;
+		p->c = 44;
+		rcu_assign_pointer(gp1, p);
+		p->b = 143;
+		p->c = 144;
+		rcu_assign_pointer(gp2, p);
+	}
+
+	void reader(void)
+	{
+		struct foo *p;
+		struct foo *q;
+		int r1, r2;
+
+		p = rcu_dereference(gp2);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			return;
+		r1 = p->b;  /* Guaranteed to get 143. */
+		q = rcu_dereference(gp1);  /* Guaranteed non-NULL. */
+		if (p == q) {
+			/* The compiler decides that q->c is same as p->c. */
+			r2 = p->c; /* Could get 44 on weakly order system. */
+		}
+		do_something_with(r1, r2);
+	}
+
+You might be surprised that the outcome (r1 == 143 && r2 == 44) is possible,
+but you should not be.  After all, the updater might have been invoked
+a second time between the time reader() loaded into "r1" and the time
+that it loaded into "r2".  The fact that this same result can occur due
+to some reordering from the compiler and CPUs is beside the point.
+
+But suppose that the reader needs a consistent view?
+
+Then one approach is to use locking, for example, as follows:
+
+	struct foo {
+		int a;
+		int b;
+		int c;
+		spinlock_t lock;
+	};
+	struct foo *gp1;
+	struct foo *gp2;
+
+	void updater(void)
+	{
+		struct foo *p;
+
+		p = kmalloc(...);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			deal_with_it();
+		spin_lock(&p->lock);
+		p->a = 42;  /* Each field in its own cache line. */
+		p->b = 43;
+		p->c = 44;
+		spin_unlock(&p->lock);
+		rcu_assign_pointer(gp1, p);
+		spin_lock(&p->lock);
+		p->b = 143;
+		p->c = 144;
+		spin_unlock(&p->lock);
+		rcu_assign_pointer(gp2, p);
+	}
+
+	void reader(void)
+	{
+		struct foo *p;
+		struct foo *q;
+		int r1, r2;
+
+		p = rcu_dereference(gp2);
+		if (p == NULL)
+			return;
+		spin_lock(&p->lock);
+		r1 = p->b;  /* Guaranteed to get 143. */
+		q = rcu_dereference(gp1);  /* Guaranteed non-NULL. */
+		if (p == q) {
+			/* The compiler decides that q->c is same as p->c. */
+			r2 = p->c; /* Locking guarantees r2 == 144. */
+		}
+		spin_unlock(&p->lock);
+		do_something_with(r1, r2);
+	}
+
+As always, use the right tool for the job!
+
+
+EXAMPLE WHERE THE COMPILER KNOWS TOO MUCH
+
+If a pointer obtained from rcu_dereference() compares not-equal to some
+other pointer, the compiler normally has no clue what the value of the
+first pointer might be.  This lack of knowledge prevents the compiler
+from carrying out optimizations that otherwise might destroy the ordering
+guarantees that RCU depends on.  And the volatile cast in rcu_dereference()
+should prevent the compiler from guessing the value.
+
+But without rcu_dereference(), the compiler knows more than you might
+expect.  Consider the following code fragment:
+
+	struct foo {
+		int a;
+		int b;
+	};
+	static struct foo variable1;
+	static struct foo variable2;
+	static struct foo *gp = &variable1;
+
+	void updater(void)
+	{
+		initialize_foo(&variable2);
+		rcu_assign_pointer(gp, &variable2);
+		/*
+		 * The above is the only store to gp in this translation unit,
+		 * and the address of gp is not exported in any way.
+		 */
+	}
+
+	int reader(void)
+	{
+		struct foo *p;
+
+		p = gp;
+		barrier();
+		if (p == &variable1)
+			return p->a; /* Must be variable1.a. */
+		else
+			return p->b; /* Must be variable2.b. */
+	}
+
+Because the compiler can see all stores to "gp", it knows that the only
+possible values of "gp" are "variable1" on the one hand and "variable2"
+on the other.  The comparison in reader() therefore tells the compiler
+the exact value of "p" even in the not-equals case.  This allows the
+compiler to make the return values independent of the load from "gp",
+in turn destroying the ordering between this load and the loads of the
+return values.  This can result in "p->b" returning pre-initialization
+garbage values.
+
+In short, rcu_dereference() is -not- optional when you are going to
+dereference the resulting pointer.

Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT
 	timing of the next warning for the current stall.
 
 	Stall-warning messages may be enabled and disabled completely via
-	/sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress.
+	/sys/module/rcupdate/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress.
 
 CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_VERBOSE
 

Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt

@@ -326,11 +326,11 @@ used as follows:
 a.	synchronize_rcu()	rcu_read_lock() / rcu_read_unlock()
 	call_rcu()		rcu_dereference()
 
-b.	call_rcu_bh()		rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh()
-				rcu_dereference_bh()
+b.	synchronize_rcu_bh()	rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh()
+	call_rcu_bh()		rcu_dereference_bh()
 
 c.	synchronize_sched()	rcu_read_lock_sched() / rcu_read_unlock_sched()
-				preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
+	call_rcu_sched()	preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
 				local_irq_save() / local_irq_restore()
 				hardirq enter / hardirq exit
 				NMI enter / NMI exit
@@ -794,10 +794,22 @@ in docbook.  Here is the list, by category.
 
 RCU list traversal:
 
+	list_entry_rcu
+	list_first_entry_rcu
+	list_next_rcu
 	list_for_each_entry_rcu
+	list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
+	hlist_first_rcu
+	hlist_next_rcu
+	hlist_pprev_rcu
 	hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
+	hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh
+	hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
+	hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh
+	hlist_nulls_first_rcu
 	hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu
-	list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
+	hlist_bl_first_rcu
+	hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu
 
 RCU pointer/list update:
 
@@ -806,28 +818,38 @@ RCU pointer/list update:
 	list_add_tail_rcu
 	list_del_rcu
 	list_replace_rcu
-	hlist_del_rcu
 	hlist_add_after_rcu
 	hlist_add_before_rcu
 	hlist_add_head_rcu
+	hlist_del_rcu
+	hlist_del_init_rcu
 	hlist_replace_rcu
 	list_splice_init_rcu()
+	hlist_nulls_del_init_rcu
+	hlist_nulls_del_rcu
+	hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu
+	hlist_bl_add_head_rcu
+	hlist_bl_del_init_rcu
+	hlist_bl_del_rcu
+	hlist_bl_set_first_rcu
 
 RCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
 	rcu_read_lock		synchronize_net		rcu_barrier
 	rcu_read_unlock		synchronize_rcu
 	rcu_dereference		synchronize_rcu_expedited
-				call_rcu
-				kfree_rcu
-
+	rcu_read_lock_held	call_rcu
+	rcu_dereference_check	kfree_rcu
+	rcu_dereference_protected
 
 bh:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
 	rcu_read_lock_bh	call_rcu_bh		rcu_barrier_bh
 	rcu_read_unlock_bh	synchronize_rcu_bh
 	rcu_dereference_bh	synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited
-
+	rcu_dereference_bh_check
+	rcu_dereference_bh_protected
+	rcu_read_lock_bh_held
 
 sched:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
@@ -835,7 +857,12 @@ sched:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 	rcu_read_unlock_sched	call_rcu_sched
 	[preempt_disable]	synchronize_sched_expedited
 	[and friends]
+	rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace
+	rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace
 	rcu_dereference_sched
+	rcu_dereference_sched_check
+	rcu_dereference_sched_protected
+	rcu_read_lock_sched_held
 
 
 SRCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
@@ -843,6 +870,8 @@ SRCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 	srcu_read_lock		synchronize_srcu	srcu_barrier
 	srcu_read_unlock	call_srcu
 	srcu_dereference	synchronize_srcu_expedited
+	srcu_dereference_check
+	srcu_read_lock_held
 
 SRCU:	Initialization/cleanup
 	init_srcu_struct
@@ -850,9 +879,13 @@ SRCU:	Initialization/cleanup
 
 All:  lockdep-checked RCU-protected pointer access
 
-	rcu_dereference_check
-	rcu_dereference_protected
+	rcu_access_index
 	rcu_access_pointer
+	rcu_dereference_index_check
+	rcu_dereference_raw
+	rcu_lockdep_assert
+	rcu_sleep_check
+	RCU_NONIDLE
 
 See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated
 from them) for more information.

Documentation/SubmittingPatches

@@ -132,6 +132,20 @@ Example:
 	platform_set_drvdata(), but left the variable "dev" unused,
 	delete it.
 
+If your patch fixes a bug in a specific commit, e.g. you found an issue using
+git-bisect, please use the 'Fixes:' tag with the first 12 characters of the
+SHA-1 ID, and the one line summary.
+Example:
+
+	Fixes: e21d2170f366 ("video: remove unnecessary platform_set_drvdata()")
+
+The following git-config settings can be used to add a pretty format for
+outputting the above style in the git log or git show commands
+
+	[core]
+		abbrev = 12
+	[pretty]
+		fixes = Fixes: %h (\"%s\")
 
 3) Separate your changes.
 
@@ -443,7 +457,7 @@ person it names.  This tag documents that potentially interested parties
 have been included in the discussion
 
 
-14) Using Reported-by:, Tested-by:, Reviewed-by: and Suggested-by:
+14) Using Reported-by:, Tested-by:, Reviewed-by:, Suggested-by: and Fixes:
 
 If this patch fixes a problem reported by somebody else, consider adding a
 Reported-by: tag to credit the reporter for their contribution.  Please
@@ -498,6 +512,12 @@ idea was not posted in a public forum. That said, if we diligently credit our
 idea reporters, they will, hopefully, be inspired to help us again in the
 future.
 
+A Fixes: tag indicates that the patch fixes an issue in a previous commit. It
+is used to make it easy to determine where a bug originated, which can help
+review a bug fix. This tag also assists the stable kernel team in determining
+which stable kernel versions should receive your fix. This is the preferred
+method for indicating a bug fixed by the patch. See #2 above for more details.
+
 
 15) The canonical patch format
 

Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c

@@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			break;
 		case 'm':
 			strncpy(cpumask, optarg, sizeof(cpumask));
+			cpumask[sizeof(cpumask) - 1] = '\0';
 			maskset = 1;
 			printf("cpumask %s maskset %d\n", cpumask, maskset);
 			break;

Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
 we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors.
 
 There is a standard GPIO API for that and is documented in
-Documentation/gpio.txt.
+Documentation/gpio/.
 
 In the above example we can get the corresponding two GPIO descriptors with
 a code like this:

Documentation/arm/00-INDEX

@@ -46,5 +46,7 @@ swp_emulation
 	- SWP/SWPB emulation handler/logging description
 tcm.txt
 	- ARM Tightly Coupled Memory
+uefi.txt
+	- [U]EFI configuration and runtime services documentation
 vlocks.txt
 	- Voting locks, low-level mechanism relying on memory system atomic writes.

Documentation/arm/Marvell/README

@@ -234,6 +234,11 @@ Berlin family (Digital Entertainment)
 		Core:		Marvell PJ4B (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
 		Homepage:	http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/
 		Product Brief:	http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf
+	88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
+		Design name:	BG2-Q
+		Core:		Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+		Homepage:	http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-pro/
+		Product Brief:	http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-pro/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_1500_PRO-01_product_brief.pdf
 	88DE????
 		Design name:	BG3
 		Core:		ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC

Documentation/arm/memory.txt

@@ -41,16 +41,9 @@ fffe8000	fffeffff	DTCM mapping area for platforms with
 fffe0000	fffe7fff	ITCM mapping area for platforms with
 				ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
 
-fff00000	fffdffff	Fixmap mapping region.  Addresses provided
+ffc00000	ffdfffff	Fixmap mapping region.  Addresses provided
 				by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
 
-ffc00000	ffefffff	DMA memory mapping region.  Memory returned
-				by the dma_alloc_xxx functions will be
-				dynamically mapped here.
-
-ff000000	ffbfffff	Reserved for future expansion of DMA
-				mapping region.
-
 fee00000	feffffff	Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
 				mapping within the vmalloc space.
 

Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+			STiH407 Overview
+			================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+    The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
+    and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
+    and IP-STB markets.
+
+    Features
+    - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
+    - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
+
+  Document Author
+  ---------------
+
+  Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics

Documentation/arm/uefi.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
+governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
+maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
+
+UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
+UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
+source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
+to legacy code or specifications.
+
+UEFI support in Linux
+=====================
+Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
+makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
+- UEFI Runtime Services
+- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
+  interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
+
+For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
+- CONFIG_EFI=y
+- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m
+
+The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
+in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
+
+UEFI stub
+=========
+The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
+PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
+load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
+lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
+
+The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
+booting in non-UEFI environments.
+
+UEFI kernel support on ARM
+==========================
+UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
+when boot is performed through the stub.
+
+When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
+Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
+
+The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
+following parameters:
+________________________________________________________________________________
+Name                      | Size   | Description
+================================================================================
+linux,uefi-system-table   | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+linux,uefi-mmap-start     | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
+                          |        | populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+linux,uefi-mmap-size      | 32-bit | Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
+                          |        | pointed to in previous entry.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
+                          |        | memory map.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver  | 32-bit | Version of the mmap descriptor format.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+linux,uefi-stub-kern-ver  | string | Copy of linux_banner from build.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+For verbose debug messages, specify 'uefi_debug' on the kernel command line.

Documentation/arm64/booting.txt

@@ -85,6 +85,10 @@ The decompressed kernel image contains a 64-byte header as follows:
 Header notes:
 
 - code0/code1 are responsible for branching to stext.
+- when booting through EFI, code0/code1 are initially skipped.
+  res5 is an offset to the PE header and the PE header has the EFI
+  entry point (efi_stub_entry). When the stub has done its work, it
+  jumps to code0 to resume the normal boot process.
 
 The image must be placed at the specified offset (currently 0x80000)
 from the start of the system RAM and called there. The start of the

Documentation/atomic_ops.txt

@@ -285,15 +285,13 @@ If a caller requires memory barrier semantics around an atomic_t
 operation which does not return a value, a set of interfaces are
 defined which accomplish this:
 
-	void smp_mb__before_atomic_dec(void);
-	void smp_mb__after_atomic_dec(void);
-	void smp_mb__before_atomic_inc(void);
-	void smp_mb__after_atomic_inc(void);
+	void smp_mb__before_atomic(void);
+	void smp_mb__after_atomic(void);
 
-For example, smp_mb__before_atomic_dec() can be used like so:
+For example, smp_mb__before_atomic() can be used like so:
 
 	obj->dead = 1;
-	smp_mb__before_atomic_dec();
+	smp_mb__before_atomic();
 	atomic_dec(&obj->ref_count);
 
 It makes sure that all memory operations preceding the atomic_dec()
@@ -302,15 +300,10 @@ operation.  In the above example, it guarantees that the assignment of
 "1" to obj->dead will be globally visible to other cpus before the
 atomic counter decrement.
 
-Without the explicit smp_mb__before_atomic_dec() call, the
+Without the explicit smp_mb__before_atomic() call, the
 implementation could legally allow the atomic counter update visible
 to other cpus before the "obj->dead = 1;" assignment.
 
-The other three interfaces listed are used to provide explicit
-ordering with respect to memory operations after an atomic_dec() call
-(smp_mb__after_atomic_dec()) and around atomic_inc() calls
-(smp_mb__{before,after}_atomic_inc()).
-
 A missing memory barrier in the cases where they are required by the
 atomic_t implementation above can have disastrous results.  Here is
 an example, which follows a pattern occurring frequently in the Linux
@@ -487,12 +480,12 @@ Finally there is the basic operation:
 Which returns a boolean indicating if bit "nr" is set in the bitmask
 pointed to by "addr".
 
-If explicit memory barriers are required around clear_bit() (which
-does not return a value, and thus does not need to provide memory
-barrier semantics), two interfaces are provided:
+If explicit memory barriers are required around {set,clear}_bit() (which do
+not return a value, and thus does not need to provide memory barrier
+semantics), two interfaces are provided:
 
-	void smp_mb__before_clear_bit(void);
-	void smp_mb__after_clear_bit(void);
+	void smp_mb__before_atomic(void);
+	void smp_mb__after_atomic(void);
 
 They are used as follows, and are akin to their atomic_t operation
 brothers:
@@ -500,13 +493,13 @@ brothers:
 	/* All memory operations before this call will
 	 * be globally visible before the clear_bit().
 	 */
-	smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
+	smp_mb__before_atomic();
 	clear_bit( ... );
 
 	/* The clear_bit() will be visible before all
 	 * subsequent memory operations.
 	 */
-	 smp_mb__after_clear_bit();
+	 smp_mb__after_atomic();
 
 There are two special bitops with lock barrier semantics (acquire/release,
 same as spinlocks). These operate in the same way as their non-_lock/unlock

Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt

@@ -270,6 +270,11 @@ When oom event notifier is registered, event will be delivered.
 
 2.7 Kernel Memory Extension (CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM)
 
+WARNING: Current implementation lacks reclaim support. That means allocation
+	 attempts will fail when close to the limit even if there are plenty of
+	 kmem available for reclaim. That makes this option unusable in real
+	 life so DO NOT SELECT IT unless for development purposes.
+
 With the Kernel memory extension, the Memory Controller is able to limit
 the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally
 different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it
@@ -453,15 +458,11 @@ About use_hierarchy, see Section 6.
 
 5.1 force_empty
   memory.force_empty interface is provided to make cgroup's memory usage empty.
-  You can use this interface only when the cgroup has no tasks.
   When writing anything to this
 
   # echo 0 > memory.force_empty
 
-  Almost all pages tracked by this memory cgroup will be unmapped and freed.
-  Some pages cannot be freed because they are locked or in-use. Such pages are
-  moved to parent (if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this
-  cgroup will be empty.
+  the cgroup will be reclaimed and as many pages reclaimed as possible.
 
   The typical use case for this interface is before calling rmdir().
   Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be
@@ -535,16 +536,13 @@ Note:
 
 5.3 swappiness
 
-Similar to /proc/sys/vm/swappiness, but affecting a hierarchy of groups only.
-Please note that unlike the global swappiness, memcg knob set to 0
-really prevents from any swapping even if there is a swap storage
-available. This might lead to memcg OOM killer if there are no file
-pages to reclaim.
+Overrides /proc/sys/vm/swappiness for the particular group. The tunable
+in the root cgroup corresponds to the global swappiness setting.
 
-Following cgroups' swappiness can't be changed.
-- root cgroup (uses /proc/sys/vm/swappiness).
-- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and it has other cgroup(s) below it.
-- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and not the root of hierarchy.
+Please note that unlike during the global reclaim, limit reclaim
+enforces that 0 swappiness really prevents from any swapping even if
+there is a swap storage available. This might lead to memcg OOM killer
+if there are no file pages to reclaim.
 
 5.4 failcnt
 
@@ -754,7 +752,6 @@ You can disable the OOM-killer by writing "1" to memory.oom_control file, as:
 
 	#echo 1 > memory.oom_control
 
-This operation is only allowed to the top cgroup of a sub-hierarchy.
 If OOM-killer is disabled, tasks under cgroup will hang/sleep
 in memory cgroup's OOM-waitqueue when they request accountable memory.
 

Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+
+Cgroup unified hierarchy
+
+April, 2014		Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
+
+This document describes the changes made by unified hierarchy and
+their rationales.  It will eventually be merged into the main cgroup
+documentation.
+
+CONTENTS
+
+1. Background
+2. Basic Operation
+  2-1. Mounting
+  2-2. cgroup.subtree_control
+  2-3. cgroup.controllers
+3. Structural Constraints
+  3-1. Top-down
+  3-2. No internal tasks
+4. Other Changes
+  4-1. [Un]populated Notification
+  4-2. Other Core Changes
+  4-3. Per-Controller Changes
+    4-3-1. blkio
+    4-3-2. cpuset
+    4-3-3. memory
+5. Planned Changes
+  5-1. CAP for resource control
+
+
+1. Background
+
+cgroup allows an arbitrary number of hierarchies and each hierarchy
+can host any number of controllers.  While this seems to provide a
+high level of flexibility, it isn't quite useful in practice.
+
+For example, as there is only one instance of each controller, utility
+type controllers such as freezer which can be useful in all
+hierarchies can only be used in one.  The issue is exacerbated by the
+fact that controllers can't be moved around once hierarchies are
+populated.  Another issue is that all controllers bound to a hierarchy
+are forced to have exactly the same view of the hierarchy.  It isn't
+possible to vary the granularity depending on the specific controller.
+
+In practice, these issues heavily limit which controllers can be put
+on the same hierarchy and most configurations resort to putting each
+controller on its own hierarchy.  Only closely related ones, such as
+the cpu and cpuacct controllers, make sense to put on the same
+hierarchy.  This often means that userland ends up managing multiple
+similar hierarchies repeating the same steps on each hierarchy
+whenever a hierarchy management operation is necessary.
+
+Unfortunately, support for multiple hierarchies comes at a steep cost.
+Internal implementation in cgroup core proper is dazzlingly
+complicated but more importantly the support for multiple hierarchies
+restricts how cgroup is used in general and what controllers can do.
+
+There's no limit on how many hierarchies there may be, which means
+that a task's cgroup membership can't be described in finite length.
+The key may contain any varying number of entries and is unlimited in
+length, which makes it highly awkward to handle and leads to addition
+of controllers which exist only to identify membership, which in turn
+exacerbates the original problem.
+
+Also, as a controller can't have any expectation regarding what shape
+of hierarchies other controllers would be on, each controller has to
+assume that all other controllers are operating on completely
+orthogonal hierarchies.  This makes it impossible, or at least very
+cumbersome, for controllers to cooperate with each other.
+
+In most use cases, putting controllers on hierarchies which are
+completely orthogonal to each other isn't necessary.  What usually is
+called for is the ability to have differing levels of granularity
+depending on the specific controller.  In other words, hierarchy may
+be collapsed from leaf towards root when viewed from specific
+controllers.  For example, a given configuration might not care about
+how memory is distributed beyond a certain level while still wanting
+to control how CPU cycles are distributed.
+
+Unified hierarchy is the next version of cgroup interface.  It aims to
+address the aforementioned issues by having more structure while
+retaining enough flexibility for most use cases.  Various other
+general and controller-specific interface issues are also addressed in
+the process.
+
+
+2. Basic Operation
+
+2-1. Mounting
+
+Currently, unified hierarchy can be mounted with the following mount
+command.  Note that this is still under development and scheduled to
+change soon.
+
+ mount -t cgroup -o __DEVEL__sane_behavior cgroup $MOUNT_POINT
+
+All controllers which are not bound to other hierarchies are
+automatically bound to unified hierarchy and show up at the root of
+it.  Controllers which are enabled only in the root of unified
+hierarchy can be bound to other hierarchies at any time.  This allows
+mixing unified hierarchy with the traditional multiple hierarchies in
+a fully backward compatible way.
+
+
+2-2. cgroup.subtree_control
+
+All cgroups on unified hierarchy have a "cgroup.subtree_control" file
+which governs which controllers are enabled on the children of the
+cgroup.  Let's assume a hierarchy like the following.
+
+  root - A - B - C
+               \ D
+
+root's "cgroup.subtree_control" file determines which controllers are
+enabled on A.  A's on B.  B's on C and D.  This coincides with the
+fact that controllers on the immediate sub-level are used to
+distribute the resources of the parent.  In fact, it's natural to
+assume that resource control knobs of a child belong to its parent.
+Enabling a controller in a "cgroup.subtree_control" file declares that
+distribution of the respective resources of the cgroup will be
+controlled.  Note that this means that controller enable states are
+shared among siblings.
+
+When read, the file contains a space-separated list of currently
+enabled controllers.  A write to the file should contain a
+space-separated list of controllers with '+' or '-' prefixed (without
+the quotes).  Controllers prefixed with '+' are enabled and '-'
+disabled.  If a controller is listed multiple times, the last entry
+wins.  The specific operations are executed atomically - either all
+succeed or fail.
+
+
+2-3. cgroup.controllers
+
+Read-only "cgroup.controllers" file contains a space-separated list of
+controllers which can be enabled in the cgroup's
+"cgroup.subtree_control" file.
+
+In the root cgroup, this lists controllers which are not bound to
+other hierarchies and the content changes as controllers are bound to
+and unbound from other hierarchies.
+
+In non-root cgroups, the content of this file equals that of the
+parent's "cgroup.subtree_control" file as only controllers enabled
+from the parent can be used in its children.
+
+
+3. Structural Constraints
+
+3-1. Top-down
+
+As it doesn't make sense to nest control of an uncontrolled resource,
+all non-root "cgroup.subtree_control" files can only contain
+controllers which are enabled in the parent's "cgroup.subtree_control"
+file.  A controller can be enabled only if the parent has the
+controller enabled and a controller can't be disabled if one or more
+children have it enabled.
+
+
+3-2. No internal tasks
+
+One long-standing issue that cgroup faces is the competition between
+tasks belonging to the parent cgroup and its children cgroups.  This
+is inherently nasty as two different types of entities compete and
+there is no agreed-upon obvious way to handle it.  Different
+controllers are doing different things.
+
+The cpu controller considers tasks and cgroups as equivalents and maps
+nice levels to cgroup weights.  This works for some cases but falls
+flat when children should be allocated specific ratios of CPU cycles
+and the number of internal tasks fluctuates - the ratios constantly
+change as the number of competing entities fluctuates.  There also are
+other issues.  The mapping from nice level to weight isn't obvious or
+universal, and there are various other knobs which simply aren't
+available for tasks.
+
+The blkio controller implicitly creates a hidden leaf node for each
+cgroup to host the tasks.  The hidden leaf has its own copies of all
+the knobs with "leaf_" prefixed.  While this allows equivalent control
+over internal tasks, it's with serious drawbacks.  It always adds an
+extra layer of nesting which may not be necessary, makes the interface
+messy and significantly complicates the implementation.
+
+The memory controller currently doesn't have a way to control what
+happens between internal tasks and child cgroups and the behavior is
+not clearly defined.  There have been attempts to add ad-hoc behaviors
+and knobs to tailor the behavior to specific workloads.  Continuing
+this direction will lead to problems which will be extremely difficult
+to resolve in the long term.
+
+Multiple controllers struggle with internal tasks and came up with
+different ways to deal with it; unfortunately, all the approaches in
+use now are severely flawed and, furthermore, the widely different
+behaviors make cgroup as whole highly inconsistent.
+
+It is clear that this is something which needs to be addressed from
+cgroup core proper in a uniform way so that controllers don't need to
+worry about it and cgroup as a whole shows a consistent and logical
+behavior.  To achieve that, unified hierarchy enforces the following
+structural constraint:
+
+ Except for the root, only cgroups which don't contain any task may
+ have controllers enabled in their "cgroup.subtree_control" files.
+
+Combined with other properties, this guarantees that, when a
+controller is looking at the part of the hierarchy which has it
+enabled, tasks are always only on the leaves.  This rules out
+situations where child cgroups compete against internal tasks of the
+parent.
+
+There are two things to note.  Firstly, the root cgroup is exempt from
+the restriction.  Root contains tasks and anonymous resource
+consumption which can't be associated with any other cgroup and
+requires special treatment from most controllers.  How resource
+consumption in the root cgroup is governed is up to each controller.
+
+Secondly, the restriction doesn't take effect if there is no enabled
+controller in the cgroup's "cgroup.subtree_control" file.  This is
+important as otherwise it wouldn't be possible to create children of a
+populated cgroup.  To control resource distribution of a cgroup, the
+cgroup must create children and transfer all its tasks to the children
+before enabling controllers in its "cgroup.subtree_control" file.
+
+
+4. Other Changes
+
+4-1. [Un]populated Notification
+
+cgroup users often need a way to determine when a cgroup's
+subhierarchy becomes empty so that it can be cleaned up.  cgroup
+currently provides release_agent for it; unfortunately, this mechanism
+is riddled with issues.
+
+- It delivers events by forking and execing a userland binary
+  specified as the release_agent.  This is a long deprecated method of
+  notification delivery.  It's extremely heavy, slow and cumbersome to
+  integrate with larger infrastructure.
+
+- There is single monitoring point at the root.  There's no way to
+  delegate management of a subtree.
+
+- The event isn't recursive.  It triggers when a cgroup doesn't have
+  any tasks or child cgroups.  Events for internal nodes trigger only
+  after all children are removed.  This again makes it impossible to
+  delegate management of a subtree.
+
+- Events are filtered from the kernel side.  A "notify_on_release"
+  file is used to subscribe to or suppress release events.  This is
+  unnecessarily complicated and probably done this way because event
+  delivery itself was expensive.
+
+Unified hierarchy implements an interface file "cgroup.populated"
+which can be used to monitor whether the cgroup's subhierarchy has
+tasks in it or not.  Its value is 0 if there is no task in the cgroup
+and its descendants; otherwise, 1.  poll and [id]notify events are
+triggered when the value changes.
+
+This is significantly lighter and simpler and trivially allows
+delegating management of subhierarchy - subhierarchy monitoring can
+block further propagation simply by putting itself or another process
+in the subhierarchy and monitor events that it's interested in from
+there without interfering with monitoring higher in the tree.
+
+In unified hierarchy, the release_agent mechanism is no longer
+supported and the interface files "release_agent" and
+"notify_on_release" do not exist.
+
+
+4-2. Other Core Changes
+
+- None of the mount options is allowed.
+
+- remount is disallowed.
+
+- rename(2) is disallowed.
+
+- The "tasks" file is removed.  Everything should at process
+  granularity.  Use the "cgroup.procs" file instead.
+
+- The "cgroup.procs" file is not sorted.  pids will be unique unless
+  they got recycled in-between reads.
+
+- The "cgroup.clone_children" file is removed.
+
+
+4-3. Per-Controller Changes
+
+4-3-1. blkio
+
+- blk-throttle becomes properly hierarchical.
+
+
+4-3-2. cpuset
+
+- Tasks are kept in empty cpusets after hotplug and take on the masks
+  of the nearest non-empty ancestor, instead of being moved to it.
+
+- A task can be moved into an empty cpuset, and again it takes on the
+  masks of the nearest non-empty ancestor.
+
+
+4-3-3. memory
+
+- use_hierarchy is on by default and the cgroup file for the flag is
+  not created.
+
+
+5. Planned Changes
+
+5-1. CAP for resource control
+
+Unified hierarchy will require one of the capabilities(7), which is
+yet to be decided, for all resource control related knobs.  Process
+organization operations - creation of sub-cgroups and migration of
+processes in sub-hierarchies may be delegated by changing the
+ownership and/or permissions on the cgroup directory and
+"cgroup.procs" interface file; however, all operations which affect
+resource control - writes to a "cgroup.subtree_control" file or any
+controller-specific knobs - will require an explicit CAP privilege.
+
+This, in part, is to prevent the cgroup interface from being
+inadvertently promoted to programmable API used by non-privileged
+binaries.  cgroup exposes various aspects of the system in ways which
+aren't properly abstracted for direct consumption by regular programs.
+This is an administration interface much closer to sysctl knobs than
+system calls.  Even the basic access model, being filesystem path
+based, isn't suitable for direct consumption.  There's no way to
+access "my cgroup" in a race-free way or make multiple operations
+atomic against migration to another cgroup.
+
+Another aspect is that, for better or for worse, the cgroup interface
+goes through far less scrutiny than regular interfaces for
+unprivileged userland.  The upside is that cgroup is able to expose
+useful features which may not be suitable for general consumption in a
+reasonable time frame.  It provides a relatively short path between
+internal details and userland-visible interface.  Of course, this
+shortcut comes with high risk.  We go through what we go through for
+general kernel APIs for good reasons.  It may end up leaking internal
+details in a way which can exert significant pain by locking the
+kernel into a contract that can't be maintained in a reasonable
+manner.
+
+Also, due to the specific nature, cgroup and its controllers don't
+tend to attract attention from a wide scope of developers.  cgroup's
+short history is already fraught with severely mis-designed
+interfaces, unnecessary commitments to and exposing of internal
+details, broken and dangerous implementations of various features.
+
+Keeping cgroup as an administration interface is both advantageous for
+its role and imperative given its nature.  Some of the cgroup features
+may make sense for unprivileged access.  If deemed justified, those
+must be further abstracted and implemented as a different interface,
+be it a system call or process-private filesystem, and survive through
+the scrutiny that any interface for general consumption is required to
+go through.
+
+Requiring CAP is not a complete solution but should serve as a
+significant deterrent against spraying cgroup usages in non-privileged
+programs.

Documentation/clk.txt

@@ -68,21 +68,27 @@ the operations defined in clk.h:
 		int		(*is_enabled)(struct clk_hw *hw);
 		unsigned long	(*recalc_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
 						unsigned long parent_rate);
-		long		(*round_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long,
-						unsigned long *);
+		long		(*round_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
+						unsigned long rate,
+						unsigned long *parent_rate);
 		long		(*determine_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
 						unsigned long rate,
 						unsigned long *best_parent_rate,
 						struct clk **best_parent_clk);
 		int		(*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index);
 		u8		(*get_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw);
-		int		(*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long);
+		int		(*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw,
+					    unsigned long rate,
+					    unsigned long parent_rate);
 		int		(*set_rate_and_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw,
 					    unsigned long rate,
-					    unsigned long parent_rate, u8 index);
+					    unsigned long parent_rate,
+					    u8 index);
 		unsigned long	(*recalc_accuracy)(struct clk_hw *hw,
-						   unsigned long parent_accuracy);
+						unsigned long parent_accuracy);
 		void		(*init)(struct clk_hw *hw);
+		int		(*debug_init)(struct clk_hw *hw,
+					      struct dentry *dentry);
 	};
 
 	Part 3 - hardware clk implementations

Documentation/connector/connector.txt

@@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ netlink based networking for inter-process communication in a significantly
 easier way:
 
 int cn_add_callback(struct cb_id *id, char *name, void (*callback) (struct cn_msg *, struct netlink_skb_parms *));
-void cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
+void cn_netlink_send_multi(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
+void cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 __group, int gfp_mask);
 
 struct cb_id
 {
@@ -71,15 +72,21 @@ void cn_del_callback(struct cb_id *id);
  struct cb_id *id		- unique connector's user identifier.
 
 
-int cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 __groups, int gfp_mask);
+int cn_netlink_send_multi(struct cn_msg *msg, u16 len, u32 portid, u32 __groups, int gfp_mask);
+int cn_netlink_send(struct cn_msg *msg, u32 portid, u32 __groups, int gfp_mask);
 
  Sends message to the specified groups.  It can be safely called from
  softirq context, but may silently fail under strong memory pressure.
  If there are no listeners for given group -ESRCH can be returned.
 
  struct cn_msg *		- message header(with attached data).
+ u16 len			- for *_multi multiple cn_msg messages can be sent
+ u32 port			- destination port.
+ 				  If non-zero the message will be sent to the
+				  given port, which should be set to the
+				  original sender.
  u32 __group			- destination group.
-				  If __group is zero, then appropriate group will
+				  If port and __group is zero, then appropriate group will
 				  be searched through all registered connector users,
 				  and message will be delivered to the group which was
 				  created for user with the same ID as in msg.
@@ -111,7 +118,7 @@ acknowledge number MUST be the same + 1.
 If we receive a message and its sequence number is not equal to one we
 are expecting, then it is a new message.  If we receive a message and
 its sequence number is the same as one we are expecting, but its
-acknowledge is not equal to the acknowledge number in the original
+acknowledge is not equal to the sequence number in the original
 message + 1, then it is a new message.
 
 Obviously, the protocol header contains the above id.

Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Contents:
 ---------
 1.  CPUFreq core and interfaces
 2.  CPUFreq notifiers
+3.  CPUFreq Table Generation with Operating Performance Point (OPP)
 
 1. General Information
 =======================
@@ -92,3 +93,31 @@ values:
 cpu	- number of the affected CPU
 old	- old frequency
 new	- new frequency
+
+3. CPUFreq Table Generation with Operating Performance Point (OPP)
+==================================================================
+For details about OPP, see Documentation/power/opp.txt
+
+dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with
+	cpufreq_frequency_table_cpuinfo which is provided with the list of
+	frequencies that are available for operation. This function provides
+	a ready to use conversion routine to translate the OPP layer's internal
+	information about the available frequencies into a format readily
+	providable to cpufreq.
+
+	WARNING: Do not use this function in interrupt context.
+
+	Example:
+	 soc_pm_init()
+	 {
+		/* Do things */
+		r = dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table(dev, &freq_table);
+		if (!r)
+			cpufreq_frequency_table_cpuinfo(policy, freq_table);
+		/* Do other things */
+	 }
+
+	NOTE: This function is available only if CONFIG_CPU_FREQ is enabled in
+	addition to CONFIG_PM_OPP.
+
+dev_pm_opp_free_cpufreq_table - Free up the table allocated by dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table

Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Contents:
 1.4  target/target_index or setpolicy?
 1.5  target/target_index
 1.6  setpolicy
+1.7  get_intermediate and target_intermediate
 2.   Frequency Table Helpers
 
 
@@ -79,6 +80,10 @@ cpufreq_driver.attr -		A pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
 				"struct freq_attr" which allow to
 				export values to sysfs.
 
+cpufreq_driver.get_intermediate
+and target_intermediate		Used to switch to stable frequency while
+				changing CPU frequency.
+
 
 1.2 Per-CPU Initialization
 --------------------------
@@ -151,7 +156,7 @@ Some cpufreq-capable processors switch the frequency between certain
 limits on their own. These shall use the ->setpolicy call
 
 
-1.4. target/target_index
+1.5. target/target_index
 -------------
 
 The target_index call has two arguments: struct cpufreq_policy *policy,
@@ -160,6 +165,9 @@ and unsigned int index (into the exposed frequency table).
 The CPUfreq driver must set the new frequency when called here. The
 actual frequency must be determined by freq_table[index].frequency.
 
+It should always restore to earlier frequency (i.e. policy->restore_freq) in
+case of errors, even if we switched to intermediate frequency earlier.
+
 Deprecated:
 ----------
 The target call has three arguments: struct cpufreq_policy *policy,
@@ -179,7 +187,7 @@ Here again the frequency table helper might assist you - see section 2
 for details.
 
 
-1.5 setpolicy
+1.6 setpolicy
 ---------------
 
 The setpolicy call only takes a struct cpufreq_policy *policy as
@@ -190,6 +198,23 @@ setting when policy->policy is CPUFREQ_POLICY_PERFORMANCE, and a
 powersaving-oriented setting when CPUFREQ_POLICY_POWERSAVE. Also check
 the reference implementation in drivers/cpufreq/longrun.c
 
+1.7 get_intermediate and target_intermediate
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Only for drivers with target_index() and CPUFREQ_ASYNC_NOTIFICATION unset.
+
+get_intermediate should return a stable intermediate frequency platform wants to
+switch to, and target_intermediate() should set CPU to to that frequency, before
+jumping to the frequency corresponding to 'index'. Core will take care of
+sending notifications and driver doesn't have to handle them in
+target_intermediate() or target_index().
+
+Drivers can return '0' from get_intermediate() in case they don't wish to switch
+to intermediate frequency for some target frequency. In that case core will
+directly call ->target_index().
+
+NOTE: ->target_index() should restore to policy->restore_freq in case of
+failures as core would send notifications for that.
 
 
 2. Frequency Table Helpers
@@ -228,3 +253,22 @@ is the corresponding frequency table helper for the ->target
 stage. Just pass the values to this function, and the unsigned int
 index returns the number of the frequency table entry which contains
 the frequency the CPU shall be set to.
+
+The following macros can be used as iterators over cpufreq_frequency_table:
+
+cpufreq_for_each_entry(pos, table) - iterates over all entries of frequency
+table.
+
+cpufreq-for_each_valid_entry(pos, table) - iterates over all entries,
+excluding CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID frequencies.
+Use arguments "pos" - a cpufreq_frequency_table * as a loop cursor and
+"table" - the cpufreq_frequency_table * you want to iterate over.
+
+For example:
+
+	struct cpufreq_frequency_table *pos, *driver_freq_table;
+
+	cpufreq_for_each_entry(pos, driver_freq_table) {
+		/* Do something with pos */
+		pos->frequency = ...
+	}

Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt

@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ Mailing List
 ------------
 There is a CPU frequency changing CVS commit and general list where
 you can report bugs, problems or submit patches. To post a message,
-send an email to cpufreq@vger.kernel.org, to subscribe go to
-http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#cpufreq and follow the
+send an email to linux-pm@vger.kernel.org, to subscribe go to
+http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-pm and follow the
 instructions there.
 
 Links

Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt

@@ -15,10 +15,13 @@ New sysfs files for controlling P state selection have been added to
 /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/
 
       max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by
-      the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+      the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. The
+      available (P states) performance may be reduced by the no_turbo
+      setting described below.
 
       min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be  requested by
-      the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+      the driver stated as a percentage of the max (non-turbo)
+      performance level.
 
       no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo
       frequency range.

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt

@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
 Power Management Service Unit(PMSU)
 -----------------------------------
-Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370 and Armada XP
+Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370, Armada 38x and Armada XP
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: "marvell,armada-370-xp-pmsu"
+- compatible: should be one of:
+  - "marvell,armada-370-pmsu" for Armada 370 or Armada XP
+  - "marvell,armada-380-pmsu" for Armada 38x
+  - "marvell,armada-370-xp-pmsu" was used for Armada 370/XP but is now
+    deprecated and will be removed
 
-- reg: Should contain PMSU registers location and length. First pair
-  for the per-CPU SW Reset Control registers, second pair for the
-  Power Management Service Unit.
+- reg: Should contain PMSU registers location and length.
 
 Example:
 
-armada-370-xp-pmsu@d0022000 {
-	compatible = "marvell,armada-370-xp-pmsu";
-	reg = <0xd0022100 0x430>,
-	      <0xd0020800 0x20>;
+armada-370-xp-pmsu@22000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-370-pmsu";
+	reg = <0x22000 0x1000>;
 };
 

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt

@@ -6,5 +6,15 @@ following property:
 
 Required root node property:
 
- - compatible: must contain either "marvell,armada380" or
-   "marvell,armada385" depending on the variant of the SoC being used.
+ - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada380"
+
+In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 385 SoC shall have the
+following property before the previous one:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,armada385"
+
+Example:
+
+compatible = "marvell,a385-rd", "marvell,armada385", "marvell,armada380";

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-cpu-reset.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Marvell Armada CPU reset controller
+===================================
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,armada-370-cpu-reset".
+
+- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
+  datasheet for the CPU reset registers
+
+cpurst: cpurst@20800 {
+       compatible = "marvell,armada-370-cpu-reset";
+       reg = <0x20800 0x20>;
+};

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axxia.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Axxia AXM55xx device tree bindings
+
+Boards using the AXM55xx SoC need to have the following properties:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+  - compatible = "lsi,axm5516"
+
+Boards:
+
+  LSI AXM5516 Validation board (Amarillo)
+	compatible = "lsi,axm5516-amarillo", "lsi,axm5516"

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt

@@ -1,16 +1,33 @@
 Coherency fabric
 ----------------
-Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370 and Armada XP
+Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370, Armada 375, Armada 38x and Armada XP
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: "marvell,coherency-fabric"
+- compatible: the possible values are:
+
+ * "marvell,coherency-fabric", to be used for the coherency fabric of
+   the Armada 370 and Armada XP.
+
+ * "marvell,armada-375-coherency-fabric", for the Armada 375 coherency
+   fabric.
+
+ * "marvell,armada-380-coherency-fabric", for the Armada 38x coherency
+   fabric.
 
 - reg: Should contain coherency fabric registers location and
-  length. First pair for the coherency fabric registers, second pair
-  for the per-CPU fabric registers registers.
+  length.
+
+ * For "marvell,coherency-fabric", the first pair for the coherency
+   fabric registers, second pair for the per-CPU fabric registers.
 
-Example:
+ * For "marvell,armada-375-coherency-fabric", only one pair is needed
+   for the per-CPU fabric registers.
+
+ * For "marvell,armada-380-coherency-fabric", only one pair is needed
+   for the per-CPU fabric registers.
+
+Examples:
 
 coherency-fabric@d0020200 {
 	compatible = "marvell,coherency-fabric";
@@ -19,3 +36,8 @@ coherency-fabric@d0020200 {
 
 };
 
+coherency-fabric@21810 {
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-375-coherency-fabric";
+	reg = <0x21810 0x1c>;
+};
+

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt

@@ -178,13 +178,19 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below.
 		Usage and definition depend on ARM architecture version.
 			# On ARM v8 64-bit this property is required and must
 			  be one of:
-			     "spin-table"
 			     "psci"
+			     "spin-table"
 			# On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional and
 			  can be one of:
+			    "allwinner,sun6i-a31"
+			    "arm,psci"
+			    "marvell,armada-375-smp"
+			    "marvell,armada-380-smp"
+			    "marvell,armada-xp-smp"
 			    "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
 			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
 			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+			    "rockchip,rk3066-smp"
 
 	- cpu-release-addr
 		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt

@@ -9,6 +9,18 @@ Required Properties:
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
     region.
 
+Optional Properties:
+- clocks: List of clock handles. The parent clocks of the input clocks to the
+	devices in this power domain are set to oscclk before power gating
+	and restored back after powering on a domain. This is required for
+	all domains which are powered on and off and not required for unused
+	domains.
+- clock-names: The following clocks can be specified:
+	- oscclk: Oscillator clock.
+	- pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the
+		devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3)
+		are supported currently.
+
 Node of a device using power domains must have a samsung,power-domain property
 defined with a phandle to respective power domain.
 
@@ -19,6 +31,14 @@ Example:
 		reg = <0x10023C00 0x10>;
 	};
 
+	mfc_pd: power-domain@10044060 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pd";
+		reg = <0x10044060 0x20>;
+		clocks = <&clock CLK_FIN_PLL>, <&clock CLK_MOUT_SW_ACLK333>,
+			<&clock CLK_MOUT_USER_ACLK333>;
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "pclk0", "clk0";
+	};
+
 Example of the node using power domain:
 
 	node {

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/smp-sysram.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Samsung Exynos SYSRAM for SMP bringup:
+------------------------------------
+
+Samsung SMP-capable Exynos SoCs use part of the SYSRAM for the bringup
+of the secondary cores. Once the core gets powered up it executes the
+code that is residing at some specific location of the SYSRAM.
+
+Therefore reserved section sub-nodes have to be added to the mmio-sram
+declaration. These nodes are of two types depending upon secure or
+non-secure execution environment.
+
+Required sub-node properties:
+- compatible : depending upon boot mode, should be
+		"samsung,exynos4210-sysram" : for Secure SYSRAM
+		"samsung,exynos4210-sysram-ns" : for Non-secure SYSRAM
+
+The rest of the properties should follow the generic mmio-sram discription
+found in ../../misc/sysram.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	sysram@02020000 {
+		compatible = "mmio-sram";
+		reg = <0x02020000 0x54000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0x02020000 0x54000>;
+
+		smp-sysram@0 {
+			compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-sysram";
+			reg = <0x0 0x1000>;
+		};
+
+		smp-sysram@53000 {
+			compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-sysram-ns";
+			reg = <0x53000 0x1000>;
+		};
+	};

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/global_timer.txt

@@ -4,8 +4,11 @@
 
 ** Timer node required properties:
 
-- compatible : Should be "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer"
-		Driver supports versions r2p0 and above.
+- compatible : should contain
+	     * "arm,cortex-a5-global-timer" for Cortex-A5 global timers.
+	     * "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer" for Cortex-A9 global
+	         timers or any compatible implementation. Note: driver
+	         supports versions r2p0 and above.
 
 - interrupts : One interrupt to each core
 

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt

@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - arm,filter-ranges : <start length> Starting address and length of window to
   filter. Addresses in the filter window are directed to the M1 port. Other
   addresses will go to the M0 port.
+- arm,io-coherent : indicates that the system is operating in an hardware
+  I/O coherent mode. Valid only when the arm,pl310-cache compatible
+  string is used.
 - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt.
 - cache-id-part: cache id part number to be used if it is not present
   on hardware

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
     "marvell,berlin2"      for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
     "marvell,berlin2cd"    for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
     "marvell,berlin2ct"    for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
+    "marvell,berlin2q"     for Marvell Armada 1500-pro (BG2Q, 88DE3114)
     "marvell,berlin3"      for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
 
 * Example:
@@ -22,3 +23,104 @@ SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
 
 	...
 }
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, clock, reset, and secondary
+CPU boot address. Unfortunately, the individual registers are spread among the
+chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the
+different functions which are described below.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: shall be one of
+	"marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl" for BG2
+	"marvell,berlin2cd-chip-ctrl" for BG2CD
+	"marvell,berlin2q-chip-ctrl" for BG2Q
+- reg: address and length of following register sets for
+  BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set
+  BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 system control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of
+	"marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl" for BG2
+	"marvell,berlin2cd-system-ctrl" for BG2CD
+	"marvell,berlin2q-system-ctrl" for BG2Q
+- reg: address and length of the system control register set
+
+* Clock provider binding
+
+As clock related registers are spread among the chip control registers, the
+chip control node also provides the clocks. Marvell Berlin2 (BG2, BG2CD, BG2Q)
+SoCs share the same IP for PLLs and clocks, with some minor differences in
+features and register layout.
+
+Required properties:
+- #clock-cells: shall be set to 1
+- clocks: clock specifiers referencing the core clock input clocks
+- clock-names: array of strings describing the input clock specifiers above.
+    Allowed clock-names for the reference clocks are
+      "refclk" for the SoCs osciallator input on all SoCs,
+    and SoC-specific input clocks for
+      BG2/BG2CD: "video_ext0" for the external video clock input
+
+Clocks provided by core clocks shall be referenced by a clock specifier
+indexing one of the provided clocks. Refer to dt-bindings/clock/berlin<soc>.h
+for the corresponding index mapping.
+
+* Pin controller binding
+
+Pin control registers are part of both register sets, chip control and system
+control. The pins controlled are organized in groups, so no actual pin
+information is needed.
+
+A pin-controller node should contain subnodes representing the pin group
+configurations, one per function. Each subnode has the group name and the muxing
+function used.
+
+Be aware the Marvell Berlin datasheets use the keyword 'mode' for what is called
+a 'function' in the pin-controller subsystem.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- groups: a list of strings describing the group names.
+- function: a string describing the function used to mux the groups.
+
+Example:
+
+chip: chip-control@ea0000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,berlin2-chip-ctrl";
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	reg = <0xea0000 0x400>;
+	clocks = <&refclk>, <&externaldev 0>;
+	clock-names = "refclk", "video_ext0";
+
+	spi1_pmux: spi1-pmux {
+		groups = "G0";
+		function = "spi1";
+	};
+};
+
+sysctrl: system-controller@d000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,berlin2-system-ctrl";
+	reg = <0xd000 0x100>;
+
+	uart0_pmux: uart0-pmux {
+		groups = "GSM4";
+		function = "uart0";
+	};
+
+	uart1_pmux: uart1-pmux {
+		groups = "GSM5";
+		function = "uart1";
+	};
+
+	uart2_pmux: uart2-pmux {
+		groups = "GSM3";
+		function = "uart2";
+	};
+};

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt

@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ provided by Arteris.
 Required properties:
 - compatible : Should be "ti,omap3-l3-smx" for OMAP3 family
                Should be "ti,omap4-l3-noc" for OMAP4 family
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-l3-noc" for DRA7 family
+               Should be "ti,am4372-l3-noc" for AM43 family
 - reg:	Contains L3 register address range for each noc domain.
 - ti,hwmods: "l3_main_1", ... One hwmod for each noc domain.
 

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt

@@ -80,7 +80,10 @@ SoCs:
   compatible = "ti,omap5432", "ti,omap5"
 
 - DRA742
-  compatible = "ti,dra7xx", "ti,dra7"
+  compatible = "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
+
+- DRA722
+  compatible = "ti,dra722", "ti,dra72", "ti,dra7"
 
 - AM4372
   compatible = "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
@@ -102,6 +105,12 @@ Boards:
 - OMAP4 DuoVero with Parlor : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
   compatible = "gumstix,omap4-duovero-parlor", "gumstix,omap4-duovero", "ti,omap4430", "ti,omap4";
 
+- OMAP4 VAR-STK-OM44 : Commercial dev kit with VAR-OM44CustomBoard and VAR-SOM-OM44 w/WLAN
+  compatible = "variscite,var-stk-om44", "variscite,var-som-om44", "ti,omap4460", "ti,omap4";
+
+- OMAP4 VAR-DVK-OM44 : Commercial dev kit with VAR-OM44CustomBoard, VAR-SOM-OM44 w/WLAN and LCD touchscreen
+  compatible = "variscite,var-dvk-om44", "variscite,var-som-om44", "ti,omap4460", "ti,omap4";
+
 - OMAP3 EVM : Software Development Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x
   compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3"
 
@@ -120,5 +129,8 @@ Boards:
 - AM437x GP EVM
   compatible = "ti,am437x-gp-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
 
-- DRA7 EVM:  Software Developement Board for DRA7XX
-  compatible = "ti,dra7-evm", "ti,dra7"
+- DRA742 EVM:  Software Development Board for DRA742
+  compatible = "ti,dra7-evm", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
+
+- DRA722 EVM: Software Development Board for DRA722
+  compatible = "ti,dra72-evm", "ti,dra722", "ti,dra72", "ti,dra7"

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 - compatible : should be one of
 	"arm,armv8-pmuv3"
+	"arm,cortex-a17-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a15-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a12-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a9-pmu"

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt

@@ -21,7 +21,15 @@ to #0.
 
 Main node required properties:
 
- - compatible    : Must be "arm,psci"
+ - compatible    : should contain at least one of:
+
+				 * "arm,psci" : for implementations complying to PSCI versions prior to
+					0.2. For these cases function IDs must be provided.
+
+				 * "arm,psci-0.2" : for implementations complying to PSCI 0.2. Function
+					IDs are not required and should be ignored by an OS with PSCI 0.2
+					support, but are permitted to be present for compatibility with
+					existing software when "arm,psci" is later in the compatible list.
 
  - method        : The method of calling the PSCI firmware. Permitted
                    values are:
@@ -45,6 +53,8 @@ Main node optional properties:
 
 Example:
 
+Case 1: PSCI v0.1 only.
+
 	psci {
 		compatible	= "arm,psci";
 		method		= "smc";
@@ -53,3 +63,28 @@ Example:
 		cpu_on		= <0x95c10002>;
 		migrate		= <0x95c10003>;
 	};
+
+
+Case 2: PSCI v0.2 only
+
+	psci {
+		compatible	= "arm,psci-0.2";
+		method		= "smc";
+	};
+
+Case 3: PSCI v0.2 and PSCI v0.1.
+
+	A DTB may provide IDs for use by kernels without PSCI 0.2 support,
+	enabling firmware and hypervisors to support existing and new kernels.
+	These IDs will be ignored by kernels with PSCI 0.2 support, which will
+	use the standard PSCI 0.2 IDs exclusively.
+
+	psci {
+		compatible = "arm,psci-0.2", "arm,psci";
+		method = "hvc";
+
+		cpu_on = < arbitrary value >;
+		cpu_off = < arbitrary value >;
+
+		...
+	};

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
+---------------------------------------
+
+- bq Curie 2 tablet:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "mundoreader,bq-curie2", "rockchip,rk3066a";
+
+- Radxa Rock board:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "radxa,rock", "rockchip,rk3188";

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ adc@12D10000 {
 
 	/* NTC thermistor is a hwmon device */
 	ncp15wb473@0 {
-		compatible = "ntc,ncp15wb473";
+		compatible = "murata,ncp15wb473";
 		pullup-uv = <1800000>;
 		pullup-ohm = <47000>;
 		pulldown-ohm = <0>;

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt

@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ SAMSUNG Exynos SoC series PMU Registers
 
 Properties:
  - compatible : should contain two values. First value must be one from following list:
+		   - "samsung,exynos3250-pmu" - for Exynos3250 SoC,
+		   - "samsung,exynos4210-pmu" - for Exynos4210 SoC,
+		   - "samsung,exynos4212-pmu" - for Exynos4212 SoC,
+		   - "samsung,exynos4412-pmu" - for Exynos4412 SoC,
 		   - "samsung,exynos5250-pmu" - for Exynos5250 SoC,
 		   - "samsung,exynos5420-pmu" - for Exynos5420 SoC.
 		second value must be always "syscon".

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 SAMSUNG S5P/Exynos SoC series System Registers (SYSREG)
 
 Properties:
- - compatible : should contain "samsung,<chip name>-sysreg", "syscon";
-   For Exynos4 SoC series it should be "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon";
+ - compatible : should contain two values. First value must be one from following list:
+		- "samsung,exynos4-sysreg" - for Exynos4 based SoCs,
+		- "samsung,exynos5-sysreg" - for Exynos5 based SoCs.
+		second value must be always "syscon".
  - reg : offset and length of the register set.
 
 Example:
@@ -10,3 +12,8 @@ Example:
 		compatible = "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon";
 		reg = <0x10010000 0x400>;
 	};
+
+	syscon@10050000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5-sysreg", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x10050000 0x5000>;
+	};

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ST STi Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the ST STiH415 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "st,stih415";
+
+Boards with the ST STiH416 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "st,stih416";
+
+Boards with the ST STiH407 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "st,stih407";
+

Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt

@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ interrupt generation, MMC and NOR Flash control etc.
 Required node properties:
 - compatible value : = "arm,vexpress,sysreg";
 - reg : physical base address and the size of the registers window
+
+Deprecated properties, replaced by GPIO subnodes (see below):
 - gpio-controller : specifies that the node is a GPIO controller
 - #gpio-cells : size of the GPIO specifier, should be 2:
   - first cell is the pseudo-GPIO line number:
@@ -16,35 +18,86 @@ Required node properties:
     2 - NOR FLASH WPn
   - second cell can take standard GPIO flags (currently ignored).
 
+Control registers providing pseudo-GPIO lines must be represented
+by subnodes, each of them requiring the following properties:
+- compatible value : one of
+			"arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_led"
+			"arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_mci"
+			"arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_flash"
+- gpio-controller : makes the node a GPIO controller
+- #gpio-cells : size of the GPIO specifier, must be 2:
+  - first cell is the function number:
+    - for sys_led : 0..7 = LED 0..7
+    - for sys_mci : 0 = MMC CARDIN, 1 = MMC WPROT
+    - for sys_flash : 0 = NOR FLASH WPn
+  - second cell can take standard GPIO flags (currently ignored).
+
 Example:
 	v2m_sysreg: sysreg@10000000 {
  		compatible = "arm,vexpress-sysreg";
  		reg = <0x10000000 0x1000>;
-		gpio-controller;
-		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		v2m_led_gpios: sys_led@08 {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_led";
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		};
+
+		v2m_mmc_gpios: sys_mci@48 {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_mci";
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		};
+
+		v2m_flash_gpios: sys_flash@4c {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-sysreg,sys_flash";
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		};
  	};
 
 This block also can also act a bridge to the platform's configuration
 bus via "system control" interface, addressing devices with site number,
 position in the board stack, config controller, function and device
-numbers - see motherboard's TRM for more details.
-
-The node describing a config device must refer to the sysreg node via
-"arm,vexpress,config-bridge" phandle (can be also defined in the node's
-parent) and relies on the board topology properties - see main vexpress
-node documentation for more details. It must also define the following
-property:
-- arm,vexpress-sysreg,func : must contain two cells:
-  - first cell defines function number (eg. 1 for clock generator,
-    2 for voltage regulators etc.)
-  - device number (eg. osc 0, osc 1 etc.)
+numbers - see motherboard's TRM for more details. All configuration
+controller accessible via this interface must reference the sysreg
+node via "arm,vexpress,config-bridge" phandle and define appropriate
+topology properties - see main vexpress node documentation for more
+details. Each child of such node describes one function and must
+define the following properties:
+- compatible value : must be one of (corresponding to the TRM):
+	"arm,vexpress-amp"
+	"arm,vexpress-dvimode"
+	"arm,vexpress-energy"
+	"arm,vexpress-muxfpga"
+	"arm,vexpress-osc"
+	"arm,vexpress-power"
+	"arm,vexpress-reboot"
+	"arm,vexpress-reset"
+	"arm,vexpress-scc"
+	"arm,vexpress-shutdown"
+	"arm,vexpress-temp"
+	"arm,vexpress-volt"
+- arm,vexpress-sysreg,func : must contain a set of two cells long groups:
+  - first cell of each group defines the function number
+    (eg. 1 for clock generator, 2 for voltage regulators etc.)
+  - second cell of each group defines device number (eg. osc 0,
+    osc 1 etc.)
+  - some functions (eg. energy meter, with its 64 bit long counter)
+    are using more than one function/device number pair
 
 Example:
 	mcc {
+		compatible = "arm,vexpress,config-bus";
 		arm,vexpress,config-bridge = <&v2m_sysreg>;
 
 		osc@0 {
 			compatible = "arm,vexpress-osc";
 			arm,vexpress-sysreg,func = <1 0>;
 		};
+
+		energy@0 {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-energy";
+			arm,vexpress-sysreg,func = <13 0>, <13 1>;
+		};
 	};